SBSI Environmental Health & Safety Handbook

REVISED 11/1/2024

5.3

Chapter 1

1.1 POLICY STATEMENT

Southeast Building SupplyInterests believesthatneitheroperationnorprofittakespreferenceoverthehealthandsafety of our employees and the protection of the environment. Southeast Building Supply Interests management considers no phaseofoperationoradministrationasbeingofgreaterimportancethanthehealthandsafetyofits employees andprotectionoftheenvironment.

Sincere efforts have been made to incorporate Environmental Health & Safety features into all operations. The most importantaspectsofanyjobare:

1. The protection of our employees’ health,

2. Our employees safety and the safety of those in their surrounding area, and

3. Preservation of the environment.

The following concepts are the fundamentals of Southeast Building Supply Interests Environmental Health & Safety policy and as such, will continue to be a part of the Environmental Health & Safety. All Southeast Building Supply Interests Environmental Health & Safety Programs are reviewed and updated every two years or as need to ensure thehealthandsafetyofSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsemployeesandtoremainincompliancewithall regulatory agencies.

1. Southeast Building Supply Interests shall consider it a part of managerial responsibilities to make timely corrective action where any conduct or condition may serve to jeopardize the safety, health or the environment.

2. Itshallbetheresponsibilityofeverymanagerandsupervisortocarryonoperationsundertheirjurisdiction insuchamannerastoaffordadequateprotectionforallemployees.

3. Itshallbeconsideredafunctionofallmanagersand supervisorstoseethatanemployeereceives allnecessary instruction and training as may be required to perform the job safely. In addition, managers and supervisors will be responsible for seeing that job instruction and safe work practices on the job are fullycompliedwithbyallemployees.

4. Each employee will be expected to adhere to the Environmental Health & Safety Programs, so that operations may be carried on in such a manner as to assure the safety and the health of our employees as well as the protection oftheenvironment.

5. Employees shall be expected to observe safe work practice rules, as well as instructions relating to the efficientperformanceofwork,andtomakesuggestionsforcorrections.

Southeast Building Supply Interests asks for your full cooperation and support in effectuating our company’s EnvironmentalHealth&SafetyPrograms.

1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES AND AUTHORITY

A. INTRODUCTION

Responsibility and commitment to employee health and safety begins at the top. It is the intent of Southeast Building Supply Interests to provide a safe and healthful work environment for all employees and to work in a manner that ensures the safety, health and environment of the general public and our customers. Everyreasonable effort shall be made to promote an incident-free environment through planning, hazard prevention and control, training, use of proper procedures, equipment and compliance with all applicable regulations and appropriateindustryguidelines.

WerecognizethattheeffectivenessoftheSoutheast Building Supply InterestsEnvironmentalHealth& Safety Program rests on the shoulders of each and every individual within our organization. Our commitment to a safe and healthful work environment is one of great importance. In turn, we ask that every employee adopt a strong commitment through their active involvement in our program for their own safety and health, that of their co-workers and for the benefit of the company as a whole. Employees are expected to use the Environmental Health & Safety equipment provided. Rules of conduct and rules of safety shall be observed. Safety equipment must not be destroyed or abused. It is imperative that all management personnel recognize and accept their responsibilities for maximum safety efforts. Their safety performance will be measured alongwiththeiroverallperformance.Webelieveasaresultofouryearsofexperience,thataneffectiveprogram is an integral part of good employee relations and ranks in importance with production, operating costs, product quality and customer satisfaction.

B. EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

Southeast Building Supply Interests will provide leadership and guidance in ourEnvironmental Health & Safety Program. We are committed to the program’s effectiveness and continual improvement, as well as to providingtherequiredpolicies,tools,andsafeguardstoensureasafeworkenvironment.SeniorManagement accepts the responsibility to provide leadership, and to hold managers, supervisors and employees accountable for their performance.

Customers/Owners and Management must be informed of any hazards presented by work being performed or potential hazards discovered on any jobsite. Employees are responsible for reporting thesehazardstotheir immediatesupervisororCustomer/Owner.

C. MANAGERS/ SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES

Employee on-the-job safety is the primary responsibility of every manager and supervisor. They must acknowledge that Environmental Health & Safety protection are an integral part of their responsibilities. They shall ensure that Environmental Health & Safety issues are considered when planning work and those adequate resources are available to address safety concerns. Supervisors must ensure that work is executed in accordance with proper procedures and in compliance with best practices and legal requirements. Employee safety cannot succeed without the sincere ongoing effort of every manager and supervisor. Therefore, it is the responsibilityofeachtodothefollowing:

1. Set a good example by observing all safety and fire protection rules.

2. Accept responsibility for the effectiveness of the Environmental Health & Safety Program and for keepingit current.Makesafetyapriority.

3. Develop a positive attitude toward Environmental Health & Safety, and foster this attitude. Be enthusiasticaboutsafetyandfireprotection.

4. Ensurethatalloperationsareperformed withtheutmostregard forthesafetyandhealthofall personnel involved.Requireandusepersonalprotectiveequipment(PPE)whererequired.

5. Ensure that all new and existing employees within their scope of responsibility receive all required trainingas outlinedthroughoutthisprogram.Taketimetodiscuss safety daily.

6. Use frequentinspectionstoensurethatthework environment issafeandthatemployeesare working in asafemanner.Inspectoftenandintelligently.

7. Supervisors must report any hazards or potential hazards immediately to management and/or customer/owners.

8. Ensurethatallpersonnelattendscheduledsafetymeetingswith emphasisonnoteddeficiencies andcorrective actionstaken.Knowyouremployees.

9. Ensure that all documented Environmental Health & Safety deficiencies are reported through proper reporting channels, corrected immediately, and preventative measures are taken. Investigate thoroughly.

10. Ensure that all incidents are promptly reported using the tools provided in Chapter 3 of this Manual containsthevariousformsandprocedures.

D. EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

Employeesareresponsibleforadoptingapositiveattitudetowardssafetyandhealththroughactivecooperation withtheirmanagerand/orsupervisor.

Additionally,compliancewithallaspectsofSoutheast Building Supply InterestsEnvironmentalHealth& Safety management programs and procedures is a requirement of employment. To this end, every employee is responsible for:

1. Practicing safe work behaviors in every job task. No employee shall be required to perform unsafe acts or workaroundunsafeconditions.

2. Promotingsafetyandhealthfortheirownoverallwell-beingandthatoftheirco-workers.Employees are encouraged to identify and express safety and health concerns to supervisors and managers,andshallnot besubjecttoreprisal.

3. Practicing good housekeeping and accepting responsibility for your own safe behavior.

4. Employees are responsible for following environmental, health and safety procedures, rules and regulations, aswellasstateandfederallymandatedsafetystandards.

5. Actively participating in all required training.

6. Utilizing all safety-related tools, health and environmental and materials provided.

7. Reporting to their immediate supervisor any and all environmental, health and safety deficiencies observed.

8. Implementing corrective and preventative actions as instructed.

9. Immediately reporting all work-related incidents, injuries, illnesses, and near misses to their immediate supervisor. Documentation is critical.

Safety management programs are to reduce work-related incidents (thereby injuries and illnesses), and to promote safety and health in every task undertaken by employees on behalf of the company. To this end, this Safety,Health&EnvironmentalManagementProgramwillincludethefollowing:

1. Aprogramforconductingroutineenvironmental,healthandsafetyinspectionstoidentifyand eliminateunsafeworkingconditionsorpractices andcontrolhealthhazards.

2. A comprehensive environmental, health and safety training program for all new and existing personnel.

3. Provisionsfortheuseofpersonalprotectiveequipmentbyallemployeesasdictatedbytheir respectivejobdescriptionsandworkareasofassignment.

4. Provisions for mechanical and physical safeguards to the maximum extent possible.

5. Compliance with company environmental, health and safety policies and procedures as a condition of employment.

6. Provisions for a thorough and prompt investigation of every incident to determine its cause, correctiveandpreventiveactiontakentoreducethelikelihoodofithappeningagain.

E. GENERAL SAFETY RULES

1. Report any type of incident involving a near-miss, property damage, physical impairment and/or personal injury/illness to your supervisor immediately.

2. Nevermoveaninjuredpersonunlessabsolutelynecessary.Furtherinjurymayresultifmovedimproperly. Make the injured worker comfortable until trained personnel arrive.

3. Keep all equipment in safe working condition and in its proper place. Inspect all equipment prior to use. Never use defective equipment. Never remove guards or work around machines if guards aremissing.Report any problemstoyoursupervisorimmediately.

4. Do not operate machinery, forklifts or attempt to lockout equipment if you have not been trainedtodoso. You must receive specific written and oral training as well as hands-on training for forklifts and lockout.

5. Noridingispermittedonforkliftsandotherequipmentasspecified.

6. Walk donotrun.

7. The use of or being under the influence of alcohol or drugs is prohibited during work hours. Medicationsthatslowreactionordisturbyoursenseofbalancearenotcompatiblewithworkingonorusing machinery.Ifindoubt,checkwithyourdoctor.

8. Never work aloft if you are subject to dizzy spells, fainting, apt to be nervous or sick.

9. Never handle cleaning compounds and hazardous materials without proper training and authorization and proper protective equipment.

10. Prior to using any chemical, review the Safety Data Sheets (SDS).

11. Practice good housekeeping at all times. Keep your work and break areas clean.

12. Use proper lifting techniques at all times. Do not use short cuts. Get assistance whenever the size orshape oftheloadwarrantsit.Neverjudgetheweightoftheloadbyattemptingtoliftit.

13. Do not block exit doors, fire extinguishers, electrical cords, and aisles.

14. Horseplay causes incidents and is subject to disciplinary action, up to and including discharge.

15. Fighting on the job is cause for disciplinary action, including discharge.

16. If there is something about your work that you do not understand, ask your supervisor. Always ask questions, never assume. Make sure that you understand your job responsibilities completely.

17. Working safely is a condition of employment. Anyone failing to obey safety instructions, rules or regulations or failing to do anything reasonably necessary to protect the life, health, safety and welfareof him/herselfandothersonthejobwillbesubjecttodisciplinaryactionordischarge.

18. Do not remove, displace, damage or destroy a safety device furnished for use on the equipment.

1.3 OSHA EMPLOYEE WORKPLACE RIGHTS

A. GENERAL

Askilledworkerisasafeworker–animportantmemberofanycompanyororganization.Allotheraspectsof a company, including its profitability, are directly affected by the safety performance of all the workers. Thus, the true capacity to produce efficiently and to get the job done correctly rests with the safe worker.

Most tragic mishaps are caused by the unsafe acts of the injured worker or their co-workers. A single mistake couldcostyoudearly.Strictattentiontoyourtaskcanavoidthis.

Southeast Building Supply Interests employees have the primary responsibility for their safety. An employee, whoisknowledgeableincorrectworkmethods,guidedbyaproperattitude,andworkingwithinthelimits of his/hercapabilities, isthemostlikelytypeofworkerto completethedaysafelyandsignificantly contribute to the organization.

As previously stated in this manual, it is the policy of Southeast Building Supply Interests to conduct all operationssafely,withtheprimarygoalofavoidinginjuriesanddamagetoproperty.However,safetypolicies and programs are not enough alone. That is where the organization known as OSHA and comes in. The first questionthatusuallycomestomindis“WhoorwhatisOSHA”?OSHAistheacronymfortheOccupational Safety and Health Administration. The focus and mission of OSHA was laid out long ago, in the OSH Act (Occupational Safety and Health Act) that created it. In 1970, the U.S. Department of Labor passed the Occupational Safety and Health Act to “assure so far as possible every working man and woman in the nation safe and healthful working conditions.” Section 5(a)(1) of that act, a section also known as the General Duty Clause, specifically states: “Each employer shall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment which is free from recognized hazards that arecausing,orlikelytocause,deathorseriousphysicalharmtohisemployees.”

The following information is intended to provide our employees with their rights and responsibilities as identified in OSHA Fact Sheet.

OSHA: Employee Workplace Rights and Responsibilities

Record Type: Fact Sheets

Subject:OSHA:Employee WorkplaceRightsandResponsibilities

Information Date: 01/01/1995

Fact Sheet: 95-35

Fact Sheet No. OSHA 95-35

B. OSHA: EMPLOYEE WORKPLACE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (hereafter called the Act) created the OccupationalSafety and Health Administration (OSHA) within the Department of Labor and encouraged employers and employees to reduceworkplacehazardsandtoimplementsafetyandhealthprograms.

An employee is anyone who works for an employer whose business affects commerce. Thus, OSHA covers virtuallyallprivatesectorworkersexcepttheself-employed.

The OSH Act gives employees many rights and responsibilities. They have the right to:

1. Reviewcopiesofappropriatestandards,rules,regulations,andrequirementsthattheemployershouldhave availableattheworkplace.

2. Request information from the employer on safety and health hazards in the workplace, precautions that may be taken, and procedures to be followed if an employee is involved in an incidentorisexposed totoxicsubstances.

3. Have access to relevant employee exposure and medical records.

4. Request the OSHA area director to conduct an inspection if they believe hazardous conditions or violations of standards exist in the workplace.

5. Have an authorized employee representative accompany the OSHA compliance officer during the inspection tour.

6. Transportation Assistance Act (STAA); or file a complaint within 90 days under Section 211 of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act, which protects employees of primary and secondary schools who complain of exposure to asbestos in their work area; or file a complaint within 60 days under Section 7 of the International Safe Container Act, which protects employees who reportsafetyhazardsassociated withcargocontainerstransportedonseeandlandcarriers.

7. Before OSHA issues, amends or deletes regulations, the agency publishes them in the FederalRegister so thatinterested personsorgroupsmay comment.

8. TheemployerhasalegalobligationtoinformemployeesofOSHAsafetyandhealthstandardswhichmay applytotheworkplace.Uponrequest,theemployermustmakeavailablecopiesofthose standards and the OSHA law itself. If more information is needed about workplace hazards than the employer can supply, it canbeobtainedfromthenearestOSHAareaoffice.

9. UndertheAct,employershaveageneral duty toprovidework andaworkplacefreefromrecognized hazards.OSHAmayissuecitationswhenviolationsofstandardsarefound,andforviolationsofthegeneral dutyclause,evenifnoOSHAstandardappliestotheparticularhazard.

10. The employer also must display in a prominent place the official OSHA poster that describes rights and responsibilitiesunderOSHAlaw.

C. EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

Although OSHA does not cite employees for violations of their responsibilities, employees "shall comply with all occupational safety and health standards and all rules, regulations, and orders issued under the Act" that applytothem.Employeeresponsibilitiesandrightsinstateswiththeirown occupationalsafetyandhealth programsaregenerallythesameasforworkersinFederalOSHA states:

An employee should:

1. ReadtheOSHAposter atthejobsite.

2. Comply with all applicable OSHA standards.

3. Follow all employer safety and health regulations, and wear or use prescribed protective equipment while working.

4. Report hazardous conditions to the supervisor.

5. Report any job-related injury or illness to the employer, and seek treatment promptly.

6. Cooperate with the OSHA compliance officer conducting an inspection if he or EHS inquiries about safety andhealthconditionsintheworkplace.

7. Exercise rights under the Act in a responsible manner.

D. RIGHT TO KNOW

Each office in Southeast Building Supply Interests must have a written, comprehensive hazard communication program that addresses OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) also known as the “Right to Know Law”. The Standard is designed for your protection and states that you have a right toknowwhatchemicalsyouareworkingwithoraround.Itsintentionistomaketheworkplacesafer.Theprogram includes provisions, among other things for labels and labeling, safety data sheets, and an employee training program. The program also includes a list of the hazardous chemicals used and capturedintheSafetyDataSheets (SDS).Theintentoftheprogramistoprotectyou,theemployeewhendealingwithhazardouschemicalsorwith the potential for exposure to chemical emergenciesin the workplace.

E. ACCESS TOEXPOSURE &MEDICALRECORDS

The existence, location, and availability of medical records and records of employees' exposure to toxic substances and harmful physical agents must be provided by the employer to affected employees upon theirfirstenteringintoemploymentandatleastannuallythereafter.Wheneveranemployerplanstostopdoing business and there is no successor employer to receive and maintain these records, the employer must notify employees of their right of access to records at least three months before the employer ceases to do business. When OSHA standards require the employer to measure exposure to harmful substances, the employee (or representative)hastherighttoobservethetestingandtoexaminetherecordsoftheresults.Iftheexposurelevels are above the limit set by the standard, the employer must tell employees what will be done to bring the exposuredown.

F. OSHA INSPECTIONS

OSHAencouragesemployersandemployeestoworktogethertoremovehazards.Employeesshould discusssafety andhealthproblemswiththeemployer,otherworkers,andunionrepresentatives(asapplicable). As a last resort, if a hazard cannot be corrected, an employee should contact the nearest OSHA area office. If necessary, the OSHA area director can order an inspection if the employee is willing to submit a formal complaint. See policy 4.1 “OSHA Inspection Protocol” found in this procedure.

G. DISCRIMINATION FOR USING RIGHTS

Althoughthereisnothing intheOSHAlawthatgivesanemployeetherightto refusetoperforman unsafeor unhealthful job assignment, OSHA's regulations, which have been upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court, providethatanemployeemayrefusetoworkwhenfacedwithanimminentdangerof death or serious injury.

The conditions necessary tojustify a work refusal arevery stringent,however, and awork refusal shouldbe anactiontakenonlyasalastresort.Iftimepermits,theunhealthfulorunsafecondition shouldbereportedto OSHAorother appropriate regulatory agency.

Thus, employees have a right to seek safety on the job without fear of punishment. That right is spelled out in Section11(c)oftheAct.

The law says the employer cannot punish or discriminate against employees for exercising such rights as complaining to the employer, union, OSHA, or any other government agency about job safety and health hazards; or for participating in OSHA inspections, conferences, hearings, or other OSHA-related activities.

Workers believing they have been punished for exercising safety and health rights must contact the nearest OSHA office within 30 days of the time they learn of the alleged discrimination. A representativeofthe employee'schoosingcanfilethe11(c)complaintfortheworker.Followingacomplaint,OSHAwillcontact the complainant and conduct an in-depth interview to determine whetheraninvestigationisnecessary.

This is one of a series of fact sheets highlighting U.S. Department of Labor programs. It is intended as a general description only and does not carry the force of legal opinion. This information will be made availabletosensory impairedindividualsuponrequest.Voicephone:(202)219-8151.

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

PURPOSE

The purpose of the policy is to establish an Environmental Health & Safety management system that will assist userstoquickly identify sectionswithin thehandbook. Additionally, establishexpectations for other locations improvement; identify training, inspections, documentation requirements and submission of data to Corporate. This documentation is essential to the livelihood of the Company and must be readily available to regulatoryagenciesandcustomers.

Establishing expectations and training are of the most important elements of any successful program. Expectation for other locations improvement must be established and communicated to all employees, if employees don’t know what is expected, how can we expect them to get there. Training is designed to ensure employees learn their jobs properly,reinforcepoliciesandprocedures.Trainingalsoprovides anopportunitytocommunicatesafetyprinciples and management commitment to a safe work place. Our primary goal is to eliminate and/or control both known and potential hazards, which our employeesfaceonthejob.Thismandatealsoappliestothesafetyof ourclientsand tothepeopleinthecommunitiesweserve.

INTRODUCTION

Southeast Building Supply Interests, the Department of Labor (DOL) and Occupational Safety Health Administration(OSHA)andEnvironmentalProtectionAgency(EPA)requirethatweprovideemployeesasafe and healthy work environment, pre-work training in the recognition of hazards in the work place, continuous training in certain work environments and refresher training when an employee shows a lack of knowledgeintheperformanceofhis/herduties.

We believe that doing the right thing to protect employees from being injured and protect the environment can be accomplished through an aggressive training program. In addition, under the General Duty Clause, OSHA, the catch all-standard requires employers to provide a safe and healthy work environment for employees. Although our facilities may differ in training requirements, this policy will assist management with establishinganeffectivetrainingprogram.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

Management must ensure active participation, personal ownership, region and other locations visibility thru employee interaction and rigorous management of the below listed items. We must first ask ourselves are weprojectingthepropersafetyattitude,awarenessandbehaviortoemployees.Settingapositiveexamplemay changebehavior,attitudesandhabits.

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY

1. Coordinate, review and approve other locations Management incident investigation and analysis. This analysisincludesapreventiondiagnosisresultingcorrectiveactionrecommendation.

2. Review and revise, Environmental Health & Safety policies and procedures annually.

3. Implement a Behavior Based Safety Process.

4. Manage and maintain other locations reporting requirements.

MANAGEMENT

1. Conduct Monthly Safety meetings

2. Conduct a Safety Audit of each locations on a quarterly bases and forward audit results to the EHS Teamto trackcorrectiveactionitems.

3. Monitor all incident investigation process and propose preventative/corrective action recommendationtoEHSTeam.

4. Manage locations action items for completion and timeliness.

5. Conduct Monthly Safety Inspection if required.

6. Manage and complete the incident investigation and reporting process.

7. Write,reviewandreviseJobSafetyAnalysis(JSA)toensureuptodateandforwardtotheEHSTeam for review.

SUBMISSION OF ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY GOALS

Submission of Environmental Health & Safety goals from locations performance evaluation designed to identify strengths and weakness. Strength may be to keep your incidents at 0; weakness may be having incidents. Remember there are different types of incidents, injury, vehicle and equipment etc. Developmentplan may beto ensure training is completed, reduce spills. Set goals that will ensure employee safety, protect the environment and reduce liabilities. You should submit at least five goals anddevelopaplantoachievethosegoals.

TRAINING

QUALIFICATIONS OF TRAINERS

Trainers shall be qualified to instruct employees about the subject matter that is being presented in training. Such trainers shall have satisfactorily completed a training program for teaching the subject they are expected to teach, or they shall have the academic credentials and instructional experience necessaryforteachingthesubjects. Instructors shall demonstrate competent instructional skills and knowledge of the applicable subject matter being taught.

TRAINING CERTIFICATION

Employeeswhosuccessfullycompletetraininginthesubjectbeingtaughtwillreceiveawrittencertificate. Anypersonwhohasnotsuccessfully completedrequiredtrainingwouldbere-trained.

Designated employees may be qualified or certified by their instructor to teach specific training courses afterhavingsuccessfullycompletedthenecessarytraining.

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY TRAINING CALENDAR

AnnualTrainingCalendarsaredesignedtoidentifycompany,customerandregulatorycompliance training. It is a tool used to establish training requirements that will allow managers time to schedule training without interferingwithpeakoperations.

EMPLOYEE TRAINING

Employees will receive personnel, job related, professional growth, development and regulatory compliancetraining.Regulatorycompliancetrainingisprovidedtoemployeeswhoareexposedto safetyand healthhazardsand/orhazardoussubstancesapplicabletojobrelatedfunctionand refreshertrainingwhen requiredthereafter.

CLASS ATTENDANCE ROSTER

Training will be documented on “Training Sign-In sheet(s)” to verify subject being taught, individual’s name, employee number and signature acknowledging that he/she understood the training presented.Acopyof allsign-insheetswillbeforwardtotheTrainingDepartmenttobeenteredintothe individual training record.

TYPE TRAINING

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING

Request for professional health and safety training courses shall be requested and approved by locations Manager or designated person. Prior approval must be granted before any employee can attend any course. This request must be submitted with all financial and research materials. The request form may help responsibleindividualsduringsubmissionofannualbudget.

SAFETY MEETINGS

Safetymeetingareheldtodiscusshazardsintheworkplaceandwaystocontrolthesehazards.Aminimumof 5 questionswill be asked and answered by students to ensure they understood the subject matter covered. These questions may be verbal or written test, if verbal, document the questionsaskedandattachtosignin-sheet.

INSPECTION

Inspectionsshallbeconductedasrequired.Inspectionswillbedocumentedandprovidedduringauditsand/or when requested by the Environmental Health & Safety Department. Inspection checklist shall be tailored to fit individualoperations.

INJURYANDILLNESSREPORTING

OSHA RECORDABLE VS. FIRST AID

In the event of an incident (Attachment 1) “Recordable, Medical Treatment vs First Aid” provide guidelines in determining employee status.

INJURY AND ILLNESS REPORTING/OSHA 300 LOG

Injury and Illness cases will be reported immediately to the Environmental Health & Safety Department, Chapter3“IncidentReportingPolicy”.Theseentrieswillbemadeonthe300Logwithin sevendaysoftheevent.

HEALTH

PHYSICALS

Applicantsshallundergoaphysicalwithsatisfactoryresultsbeforehire.Afteranincidentinvolving timeaway fromwork,employeesmustundergoamedicalexaminationandbeapprovedfordutybyaMedicalPhysician.

TRAINING DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDKEEPING

OSHA has establishedtraining andrecord keeping requirements.

Regulatory compliance is not the only reason to keep training records. Training documentation may be needed as part of an internal management or quality system. Training records are also useful when evaluating the effectivenessoftrainingprograms.

Training records are evidence that certain employees attended certain classes. Other forms of documentation can be useful to safety trainers. Training program contents can be used to document how the employees were trained. Quizzes can be used to help gauge training effectiveness. All thisdocumentationcan beapartofacompletetrainingrecordkeepingprogram.

ATTACHMENT 1 -- RECORDABLE, MEDICAL TREATMENT VS FIRST AID

Death

Loss of consciousness

Days away from work

Restricted work activity or job transfer X

Medical treatment beyond first aid:

1. Stitches 2. Broken bone

3. Prescription drugs 4. Return for treatment beyond first aid

Visit to a doctor or health care professional solely for observation

Diagnostic procedures including administering prescription medications that are used solely for diagnostic purpose

Any procedure that can be labeled first aid

Using non-prescription medications at non-prescription strength

Administrating tetanus immunizations

Cleaning, flushing, or soaking wounds on skin surface

Using wound covering, such as bandages, Band-Aid, gauze, pads, etc, or using Steri-Strips or butterfly bandages

Using hot or cold therapy X

Using any totally non-rigid means of support such as elastic bandages, wraps, non-rigid back belts, etc.

Using temporary immobilization devices while transporting an accident victim (splints, slings, neck collar, or back boards

Drilling a fingernail or to relieve pressure or draining fluids from blisters

Using eye patches

Using simple irrigation or a cotton swab to remove foreign bodies not embedded in or adhered to the eye

Using irrigation, tweezers, cotton swab or other simple means to remove splinters or foreign materials from areas other than the eye

Using finger guards

Using massages & Drinking fluids to relieve heat stress

1.5 OPEN DOOR POLICY

A. INTRODUCTION

Southeast Building Supply Interests Open Door Policy provides employees with a way of voicing concerns about business practices directly to senior managers – easily, effectively, confidentially and without fear of recrimination. This initiative, which encourages open and honest communication, is part of Southeast Building Supply Interests commitment to our operating principles and our vision of remaining successful, socially responsible and proactive towards safety.

B. PURPOSE

WHAT IS OPEN DOOR?

Southeast Building Supply Interests wants to ensure all our employees continue to work in an enjoyable, relaxed and safe environment. The Open Door initiative is designed to encourage you to report any instances ofunsafe or unhealthy working practices, dishonesty or malpractice – in complete confidence and without any fear ofcomeback.

WHAT

SORT OF ISSUES SHOULD I CONSIDER REPORTING?

Southeast Building Supply Interests encourages employees to report any working practices that are incompatible with thissowe canprotectyourworking environment.Thesecouldinclude:

• Dangers to health and safety

• Environmental damage

• Criminal activity

• Failure to comply with a legal obligation

• Financial malpractice or fraud

• Improper conduct or unethical behavior

• Attempts to conceal any of these practices

• Equipment damage

C. PROCEDURE

WHAT

DO I NEED TODO?

Ifyouidentifyasituationintheworkplacewhichyoufeelisunsafe,unhealthyordishonestyoumay be happy to talk to your line manager about it in the first instance. Open Door offers you an alternative route, one you can optfor if youwould prefertoreport the matter in confidence directly to ourseniormanagers.

Whichever you choose, the information will remain completely confidential. Open Door supports you inraising important issues, ensuring your concerns will be acknowledged by management who will consider thepoints youhaveraisedandtakeanynecessaryaction.

1.6

ILLNESS AND INJURY PREVENTION PLAN

RESPONSIBLE PERSON

ThepersonwithauthorityandresponsibilityforimplementingtheprogramisJimStockman,Presidentof Southeast Building SupplyInterests ThewrittenpreventionprogramandtheSafetyManualareprovidedin hardcopyatthetimeofinitialemploymentaswellaselectroniccopyforyourreviewthroughthefollowing:

RECOGNITION, DISCIPLINE, TRAINING AND RETRAINING

PURPOSE

To establish a system for ensuring that employees comply with safe and healthy work practices.

RESPONSE

1) Employeeswhofollowsafeandhealthfulworkpracticeswillberecognizedthroughvarious methods. These methods include, but are not limited to, personal incentives, electronic media, bulletinboard postings, lettersofrecognition,andverbalrecognition.

2) Beforehisorherfirstjobassignment,everynewemployeewillreceiveathoroughsafety orientation. TheywillbegivenacopyoftheCompany’s“EmployeeHandbook”beforetheirfirstworkassignment andinstructedinjobspecificsafeworkpractices.

3) Employees who violate this program, safety rules, regulations, procedures or policies will be disciplined.

4) Disciplinary actionmay rangefromimmediateverbalreprimanduptoandincludingimmediate discharge, depending upon the seriousness and frequency of the offense. Prior disciplinary actions andworkrecordof theemployeewillalsobeconsidered.

COMMUNICATION METHODS

PURPOSE

Toestablishasystemtocommunicatewithemployeesinaformreadily understandablebyallaffectedemployees onmattersrelatingtooccupationalsafetyandhealth.

RESPONSE

Employees are encouraged to report any and all unsafe conditions or hazards at the work site. Form SS-1 isprovided forthispurpose.Itisourpolicythatemployeesshouldnothaveconcernsorreasonforfearof reprisal from anyone in communicating their interests.

Additionalmeansforcommunicatingwithemployeeswillbethroughelectronicmedia,meetings,safetymeetings, postings,memorandums,trainingprograms,andsafetyteams.

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, EVALUATION AND INSPECTION

PURPOSE

To establish a procedure for identifying and evaluating work place hazards.

RESPONSE

Scheduled periodic inspections will be conducted to identify unsafe conditions and work practices when:

• New substances, processes, procedures, or equipment are introduced to the work place that representa newoccupationalsafety andhealthhazard;and

• Whenever we are made aware of new or previously unrecognized hazards.

Employee Safety Information Form

This form is for use by employees who wish to provide a safety suggestion or to report an unsafe work place conditionorpractice.

Description of unsafe condition or practice:

Cause or other contributing factor:

Employee’s suggestion for improving safety:

Has this matter been reported to the project manager/crew leader? Yes □ No □

Employee Name (optional):

Department:

Employeesareadvisedthatuseofthisformorotherreportsofunsafeconditionsorpracticesareprotectedbylaw. ItwouldbeillegalforourCompanytotakeanyactionagainstanemployeeinreprisalforexercisingrightsto participateincommunicationsinvolvingsafety.

Form SS-1

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

PURPOSE

To provide a systematic approach to occupational injury and illness investigation and ensure corrective actions(s) are taken to prevent similar injuries and illnesses from taking place in the future.

RESPONSE

All occupational injuries, illness, near misses, or incidents with property or equipment damage, will be investigated. The investigation will be documented on the appropriate form and turned into the Safety Department.

HAZARD CORRECTION

PURPOSE

Toprovidemethodsand/orproceduresforcorrectingunsafeorunhealthyconditions,workpracticesandwork proceduresinatimely mannerbasedontheseverity ofthehazard.

RESPONSE

1. Allunsafeorunhealthyconditions,workpracticesandworkprocedureswillbecorrectedwhenobserved ordiscovered;and,

2. Whenanimminenthazardexistswhichcannotbeimmediatelyabatedwithoutendangering employees and/orproperty,allexposedpersonnelwillberemovedfromtheareaexceptthosenecessarytocorrectthe existing condition. The employeesretained toabatethehazard willbe provided the necessary safeguards andtrainingpriortoentering.

TRAINING, INSTRUCTION, AND RECORD KEEPING

PURPOSE

To provide adequate training and instruction to our employees.

RESPONSE

1. All new employees, or current employees given new job assignments, will be trained and instructed torecognizethehazardsofthejob.

2. Additionaltrainingwillbegivenwhensubstances,processes,proceduresorequipmentare introduced to the workplace that may present a new hazard, or when we are made aware of a new or previously unrecognizedhazard.

3. Supervisorswillbetrainedtofamiliarizethemselveswiththesafetyandhealthhazardstowhichemployees undertheirimmediatedirectionandcontrolmaybeexposed.

4. Records of scheduled or periodic inspections required to identify unsafe conditions and work practices, including person(s) conducting the inspection, unsafe condition and work practices that havebeen identified and actions taken to correct the unsafe conditions and work practices, will be maintained for at least one yearasrequired.

5. Documentation of safety and health training for each employee, including employees name or other identifier, trainingdates,type(s)oftraining,andtrainingprovider,willbemaintainedforatleastoneyear as required.

CHAPTER 2

2.1 CELL PHONE POLICY

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to increase the level of employee awareness associated with talking on cell phones while driving.

BACKGROUND

There has been much press about hazards of driving while using cell phones and some states have enacted laws prohibiting cell phone use while driving. Published studies show that cell phone use is equivalent to drivingunderthe influence, even with a “nohands”device.

PROCEDURE

Giventhatmanyemployeeshavecellphonesandusethemwhile“ontheclock”,oftenwhiledriving companyowned, leased, rental or privately-owned vehicles on company business, the risk of accident, and of potential liabilityforthecompanyisapparent.

Employeesarenottomakeorreceivebusiness callsortextmessagesonacellphoneofanykind(including hands free) while operating a vehicle. This includes both company-owned and privately-owned cell phones, as well as hands-free units. In addition, employees are not to make or receive any calls or text messages on a cell phone, be they business or personal in nature, if driving a company-owned or leased vehicle. All vehicles must be pulled off the road and parked prior to making or accepting a call on your cell phone.Useofacompany-ownedcellphonewhile driving or use of a cell phone while operating a company-owned or leased vehicle is only permitted in emergency situations, namely to report an accident,tocallforassistanceintheeventofcartrouble,oryouor anotherpersonareinimminent danger. Unlesstheaboveconditionsare met, CellPhonesshouldbeused onlyduring personal breaks

2.2 NEW EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION

PURPOSE

The purpose of this orientation is to provide an overview to new hires to raise his/her awareness level ofhazardsin ourworkplace.

The Department of Labor (DOL), Under the General Duty Clause, Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA)requireseachcompanytoprovideasafeandhealthyworkenvironmentforallemployees, contractors,subcontractorsandvisitors.

ToaccommodateDOLandOSHA,allperson(s)enteringany SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsworkplacewillattend a safety orientation in the recognition of hazards in the workplace, and receive Personal Protective Equipment(PPE)ifrequired.

RESPONSIBILITY

ItwillbetheresponsibilityofManagerstoensurethatnewemployeesreceiveasafetyandcommercialdriverfleet safety orientationbeforeenteringany SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterests workareas.

It will be the responsibility of EHS Department to conduct the new hire orientation.

PROCEDURE

Safety requirements for new hires will be discussed during this orientation. A safety orientation is an informal training period that identifies safety policies, procedures and hazards in the workplace selection, use of personal protectiveequipment.

NEW HIRE

Allnewhiresarerequiredtotakeacontrolledsubstanceand/oralcoholtest;withanegativeverificationresultbefore the safety orientation begins. Verification for controlled substance and alcohol results may be obtained by calling theEHSDepartment.

REHIRE

Employees who are rehired after three months will attend the Employee Safety Orientation before starting work.

SAFETY ORIENTATION

This orientation will be presented on a power-point presentation or orally. New employee orientation will cover 6 safety related topics. The employee must show satisfactory knowledge of the concepts before completing the trainingandallowedtoperformtheirjobduties.Thesetopicsinclude:

1. Injury & Illness Prevention Program

2. Hazard Communication Standards

3. Fall Protection/ Ladder Safety

4. Heat Illness Prevention

5. Fire Protection/ Emergency Action Plan

6. Electrical Safety

2.3 INCIDENT REVIEWS

INTRODUCTION

Southeast Building Supply Interestsbelievesthatintheeventofanincidentitisimperativethatwedetermine fairly whether or not it was preventable. Regardless of whether it is personal injury, vehicle, spill/theft, property damageanincidentreviewmustbecompleted.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Incident Review is to not put blame on the individuals involved, but to find out the facts, complete a root cause analysis, and determine what lead up to the event to prevent future occurrences.

PROCEDURE

1. All incidents shall be reviewed by Management and the EHS Department. All employees involved in the incidentmustbepresentaswell,includingleadsupervisors,mentorsandallwitnesses.

a. Executive management, department heads, or other applicable parties may be involved if circumstanceswarrant. The Head of Finance will be CC: on all incident review notifications having the option to attend or not.

2. TheManagerorresponsibleappointeewillscheduleandcompletethereviewwithinfive(5) working days of the incident. The Safety Department Head may be conducting the review to ensure consistency.

a. Completed incident reports, all pictures and any other supporting documents must be sent to EHSandreviewparticipantspriortothereviewbeingscheduled.

b. Review participants should have the information no less than twenty four (24) hours prior to attending the review.

3. “Standard Incident Review Questions” (attachment A) should be used as a guide, but additional questions may be necessary to gather all applicable information or details to ensure consistency.

4. Once interviews are completed, the responsible employee and non-essential parties will be excused fromthereviewandcorrectiveactionswillbediscussed.

a. Corrective actions must be fair, practical and proportional to the severity of the incident and its root cause.

b. Training assigned should benefit the individual:

i. The review must be communicated to all employees to aid as a notice or prevention and act as deterrent for possible future incidents.

ii. Incidents must be classified as preventable or nonpreventable and the root cause must be determined.

iii. Corrective action must have target or completion dates.

5. ReviewattachmentB,StandardCorrectiveActionFormanddistributetoallpartiesafterthe review is completed.

6. Statusofcorrectiveactionsornoticeofcompletionoftheassignedcorrectiveactionsmustbe forwarded to the EHS Department as well as the appropriate individuals by designated personnel within 48 hours after the target date.

7. The results of all reviews shall be logged in the “Incident review” spreadsheet and corrective action trackeduntilclosure.

ATTACHMENT A -- STANDARD INCIDENT REVIEW QUESTIONS

Employee Name:

Date of Review:

Job Title:

Date of Hire: Date of Incident:

Type of incident: Injury Vehicle: Spill: Theft: Other: Review Attendees: Did management accompany you to clinic?

Did you have a post-accident Drug Screen? Have you had prior incidents? If yes, List:

Injury

1. Whattimedidthisincidenthappen?

2. Wheredid this incidenthappen?

3. Howdid thisincidenthappen?

4. Werethereotherinjuries?

5. Were there any witness?

6. Whathappened?

Spill How much?

Did it spill into a stream or lake? Was spill cleaned up? Theft

1. Where was the equipment parked?

2. Was there adequate lighting?

3. Do you have barbed wire?

4. Was the alarm on and working?

5. What is your key protocol?

6. Describe the surrounding area:

7. Were your vehicles locked?

8. Was the equipment visible? Vehicle

1. Were you wearing your seatbelt?

2. Wereyoutalkingonthecellortwo-way?

3. When was the vehicle last inspected?

4. Did you have your mirrors adjusted correctly? Management Systems

1. Was a JSA used? 2. Did you use a spotter?

2. If an SSE has a mentor been assigned? Date assigned: / /

3. Was the employee wearing appropriate PPE?

4. When was the last safety meeting and what subject covered?

Ask questions during the review to evaluate the culture in supporting Company Policies and Procedure.

Comments:

ATTACHMENT B -- STANDARD CORRECTIVE ACTION FORM

Location: Date of Review:

Employee Interviewing: Incident: Attendances:

Complete date

2.4 LOOSECLOTHINGANDJEWELRYPOLICY

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to reduce the safety risk involved in performing various tasks in which the wearing of jewelry or loose clothing might create a personal safety hazard. This policy applies to all Southeast Building Supply Interests employees, temporary workers as well as contractor employees working within any Southeast Building Supply Interests facility or jobsite. Customer site safety requirements – facilities, project(s) or job locations may requireadditionalguidelinesthatwemustadheretowhileontheirpremises/property.

GENERAL

The use and/or wearing of certain items and/or types of jewelry are restricted within all Southeast Building Supply Interests facilities or jobsites. Employees are expected to follow safe procedures and take an active part in the work of protecting themselves, their fellow employees. Southeast Building Supply Interests ensures every precaution willbetakentoprovideasafeworkplace.

Supervisors shall implement, raise awareness and facilitate enforcement of this policy with all employees, temporary workersandvisitorsatallfacilitiesandjobsites.Supervisorsareresponsiblefor:

• Working with Environmental Health & Safety Department to initiate any necessary administrative action requiredtoenforcesafeworkpractices.

• Anticipatingallworkhazards.

• Inspecting areas to ensure that this policy is being adhered to; and

• Providing safety awareness training, as needed.

• Taking the appropriate corrective action for employees not complying with the policy.

PROCEDURE

Employees,otherthanthoseworkinginanofficeenvironmentshallnotwearloosefittingclothingor dangling jewelry (necklaces, watches, rings, bracelets, scarves, body piercings, facial jewelry) that’s exposed or hangs loosely away from the body can become entangled in or stuck against objects, catch on equipment, tools, or cause electricalshock.Removealljewelry andstoreitordonotbringittowork.

Machinery, moving equipment, tools having rotating or reciprocating parts can pull parts of the body into the machine. Once entangled, the caught up end can pull you into the equipment causing very serious injuries. Consequences ofwearingjewelry atworkcouldresultin:

• torn earlobes

• injured fingers, hands, wrists, neck

• amputated fingers or limbs

• electric shock

• lost-timefromwork

• the need for medical care

• crushing

• lacerations

• amputation

• scalping

Also, most watches, rings other metallic objects are electrically conductive. If you were to come in contact with a live electrical component, the circuit could be completed through your ring. This has can cause very deep and serious electricalburns.Clothingshouldprotectyou,notendangeryou.

A tight fitting watch may be worn unless an individual is working on or near electrically energized equipment.

Iflong sleeveshirts are worn,the sleevesshouldkeptcuffsbuttonedsotheywill fitsnuglyaroundthe wrist. The frontofanyshirtmustbekeptbuttonedandthetailtuckedin.Donotforgetthattearsorloosethreadscangetcaught also.Wornclothingcanbejustasdangerousaslooseclothing.

Short hairstyles are preferred for individuals working around machines. Beards and moustaches shouldalso be kept trimmed. Unless required to wear a respirator (Refer to policy 6.13). Unconstrained long hair that is over shoulder length mustbeeither:

• Tied up or neatly secured in back

• Covered

• Wornunderthehardhat

Additionally, security badges should only be worn around machinery or moving equipment if connected to a breakawaylanyard.

CHAPTER 3

3.1 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION & REPORTING POLICY

PURPOSE

Southeast Building Supply Interests is committed to maintaining a workplace in which safety is a part of everything wedoandisasimportantasanythingwedo.OneexpressionofourcommitmenttosafetyisthisIncidentReporting and Investigation Policy. And to ensure proper treatment, investigation and classification of occupational injuries/illnessthatoccurhavebeencompleted.

As a general rule, investigations should be conducted for:

• All injuries (even the very minor ones)

• Allaccidentswithpotentialforinjury

• Property and/or product damage situations

• All “Near Misses” where there was potential for serious injury

Near miss, incident reporting and investigation allow you to identify and control hazards before they cause a more serious incident. The purpose of an incident investigation is to determine the work element and root causes of incident,andtoassistin providingthecompany withasolutiontopreventrecurrence.

Allincidentsnomatterhowminorwillbereportedimmediatelytoyoursupervisor.Allwrittenreportsforincidents including personal injury, general liability, property/ equipment damage, motor vehicle damage, spills, fires or explosionsmustbefilledoutcompletelyandgiventoyoursupervisorbytheendofyour scheduledworkdayon thedateofitsoccurrence.

The Incident Report Form is available and may be sent electronically, e-mail, regular mail (including in- house), hand-delivered, or faxed. In addition, the Manager, or designee will be verbally informed of the incident immediately or soon as practicable.

All incident reports must be submitted to EHS Department within 24 hours of the incident. If full details of the incident,injury,investigationandcorrectiveactionsarenotavailablewithinthistimeframe,the essentialdetails of the incident or injury as they are known should be submitted initially. Additional information, including detailsofsupervisorinvestigationandcorrectiveactions,shouldbesubmittedviaemailtoEHSDepartmentandthe ClaimsAdministrator.

First aid requirements are established in Chapter 3.2, First Aid, EHS handbook.

Controlled substance and alcohol testing shall be conducted immediately or within 24 hours of incident.

DEFINITIONS

ACCIDENT:Theworkaccidentisabroadtermcoveringawidevarietyofeventsincluding,butnotlimited to,personal injuriesandoccupationalillness(i.e.,chemicalexposures,cumulativetrauma,etc.).

CONTRIBUTING FACTORS: Circumstances that led to an incident that, if removed, would have prevented or lessenedtheconsequences:suchas,systemfailures,training,communication,etc.

CORRECTIVE ACTIONS: Steps to be taken to prevent the recurrence of the circumstances that resulted in the incident.CorrectiveActionsareassignedacompletiondateandaresponsibleperson.

IMMEDIATELY: Means as soon as practically possible but no longer than 8-hours after the death or serious injury or illness has occurred. Serious injury or illness includes inpatient hospitalization for more than 24- hours for other than medicalobservation, theloss ofany bodypart,orany seriousdegreeofpermanentdisfigurement.

INCIDENT: The work “incident” is a broad term covering a wide variety of events including but not limited to, fires, chemical spills and releases, unusual odors, personal injury, near miss, plant or property damage, fire and/or explosion.

INCIDENTREPORTPROCEDURE:Asystemthatisdesignedtocollectincident/injuryinformationandassign corrective actions generated from an incident. This procedure will be used to ensure completion of corrective action items by tracking the date of completion; the individual assigned the corrective action, and issuinge-mailtothose whohavegonebeyondtheassignmentcompletiondate.

NEAR- MISS INCIDENT: An event (i.e. slip, trip, weight shifting) enhanced by a hazard which could have resulted in a personal injury, plant or property damage, or a fire or explosion. Near miss incidents should also be reported and investigated. These incidents often serve as warnings that more serious consequencescouldhaveresulted. Preventingrecurrenceisthereforestillimportant.

OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

ROOT CAUSE: The most basic cause(s) that can reasonably be identified and that management have control to fix.

SERIOUSINJURY:AnoccupationalinjuryorillnessresultinginLostWork,RecordableMedicalAid,two(2)ormore employees from a single incident, or an injury or illness as deemed serious by the EHST Director.

INCIDENT REVIEW FACILITATOR: The facilitator will be someone who has been formally trained in incident investigation.

RESPONSIBILITIES

EMPLOYEE: Any employee involved in a work-related accident has the following responsibilities:

a. Seek medical attention, as soon as practical.

b. Not place themselves or others at risk of injury.

c. Report the incident immediately to hisor hersupervisor.

d. Complete the Incident Report Form.

e. Ensuring management and EHS Department is kept informed of current conditions.

f. Cooperate in any investigation that may follow the accident or incident.

g. Participateinthedevelopmentofappropriateriskcontrolmeasurestopreventrecurrenceof similar incidents.

h. Useriskcontrolmeasuresasrequiredandanyotheractiontaken,whichisdesignedtoprotecthealth and safety.

i. Temporary labor personnel will be directed to report all incidents to include near miss and injuries tohis/her Southeast Building Supply Interests supervisor immediately Additional information is contained in Chapter2.3EHSmanual.

j. Contracted employees will be directed to report all incidents to include near miss and injuries to his/her Southeast Building Supply Interests supervisor immediately Additional information is contained in Chapter2.3EHSmanual.

MANAGERS AND SUPERVISORS: The supervisor’s primary responsibilities when an incidents or accidentoccursareasfollows:

a. Implement this procedure in their area of responsibility and accountability.

b. After immediate rescue, actions to prevent further loss should occur. For example, maintenancepersonnel shouldbesummonedtoassessintegrityofbuildingsandequipment,engineeringpersonneltoevaluate theneedforbracing ofstructures,and special equipment/response requirementssuchassaferendering ofhazardousmaterialsorexplosivesemployed.

c. Investigating the cause of the incident or accident since he/she is most familiar with the hazards and precautionsofthetask,as wellasthetrainingandcapabilitiesoftheinjuredworker.

d. See that the employee receives prompt medical treatment and/or first aid as necessary.

e. Assist in the arrangement of transportation to a certified occupational health medical facility for the injured employee.

f. Escort the injured employee to the certified occupational health medical facility.

g. Have the employee drug and alcohol tested.

h. Immediately notify EHS Department and the Claims Administrator of the accident or incident.

i. Initiate an investigation to determine the cause(s) of the Incident.

j. Take pictures of the incident (if applicable).

k. Secure the site (if applicable).

l. Gather information.

m. Complete the “Incident Report Form” and provide a preliminary report on the facts of the incident andsend totheEHSDepartmentandClaimsAdministratorwithintwenty-four(8)hours.

n. Commence an internal investigation using the all related documentation as soon as practicable after the incident but within 8 hours involving: Manager, Supervisor, EHS, employee, any other relevant personnel.

o. Initiateimmediatecorrectiveactions.

p. Collect incident information and track to completion all corrective actions arising from an incident.

q. Implement identified risk control measures to prevent recurrence of incidents.

r. Verify that each has been investigated and that all corrective actions have been completed.

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SAFETY (EHS) DEPARTMENT: The EHS Department primary responsibilities when an incidents or accident occurs are as follows:

a. Review all incident investigation reports, maintain the documentation, and evidence for all incident investigations,anddistributeextractsofthatinformationtootherdepartmentsorfor incident prevention purposes. Evidence such as people, positions of equipment, parts, and papers must be preserved, secured, andcollectedthroughnotes,photographs,witnessstatements,flagging,andimpoundmentofdocuments andequipment.

b. Initial identification of evidence immediately following the incident might include a listing of people, equipment, and materials involved and a recording of environmental factors such as weather, illumination,temperature,noise,ventilation,etc.

c. Shall maintain an incident reporting system that is designed to collect incident information and track to completion allcorrectiveactionsarising fromanincident.

d. Maintain the Incident Reporting and Investigation Policy.

e. Provide administrative and technical support to the application of the incident investigation process asrequired.

f. Act as an advisory capacity to ensure compliance with corporate policy and legislated requirements.

g. Facilitate communication of critical or significant information as defined in the incident investigationprocess.

h. Monitor the incident management process to ensure the root causes are identified and adequate measuresare implementedtopreventrecurrence.

i. Assist in making appropriate recommendations to prevent a recurrence of the accident or incident.

j. Report serious accidents, when required to OSHA.

CLAIMS

ADMINISTRATOR: When an occupational injury or illness is reported, the Claims Administrator will havethefollowingresponsibilities:

a. Files the necessary claims, reports, and work with the Human Resources Department as necessary.

b. Contact and work with insurance company’s claim adjusters or administrators.

c. Cooperates in investigating the cause of the incident or accident.

d. Followsthemedicalprogressoftheworkerwiththetreatingphysician,includingreturnto workdates, andlightdutyassignmentswhennecessary.

e. Tracks the injuries/illnesses causing lost or restricted work days.

f. Advises the supervisors of any physical limitations, modification, or restriction the employee may have upon return to work.

g. Provide the injured employee with the appropriate Workers’ Compensation forms as required by State RegulatoryCompensationLaws.

h. Maintains the required government postings and records (OSHA 300 Log) on reported injuries and illnesses.

i. Return,withinthedayofinjury/illness,ifpractical.Acopyofthecompletedmedicalreleaseto full duty form a certified occupational physician is required.

j. Ifinjury/illnessinvolves aday away fromwork, a completed medicalreleaseform a certified occupationalphysicianisrequiredpriortoreturningtowork.

k. If injury/illness involves restricted work days, follow all directions given from certified occupationalphysician.

THE INVESTIGATION PROCESS

Athoroughinvestigationwillrevealtherootcauseoftheincident.Theincidentinvestigationprocess entails:

a. Collection of facts.

b. Analysis of the facts to determine what happened:

• What was the immediate cause of the incident, accident or near miss?

• What other (contributing) causes may have played some part in setting up the accident?

• What employee actions or workplace conditions may have led to those causes?

• Were safe work procedures established, and were they adequate?

• Was adequate training provided on the procedures?

• Were the procedures regularly implemented and enforced?

c. Determine the contributing root cause.

d. Ask open ended questions.

e. Development of corrective actions.

f. Communication of lessons learned as appropriate.

The report should not unduly assess blame but rather spell out the specific corrective measures needed to prevent similaraccidentsfromhappening.Thesupervisor’sinputisparticularlyimportanttoidentify appropriateactions topreventasimilarinjury.

Forward copies of the investigation the Claims Administrator and EHS Department, so they can track and helpensure the implementation of corrective actions. Finally, management or other responsible party must ensure that the correctiveactionscalledforinthereportareimplementedinatimelyfashion.

The primary goal of an accident investigation is to prevent recurrence. Share the lessons learned from the accident investigationwithothersperformingsimilaroperationssotheymightimplementtheIdentified corrective actions.

Thoroughinvestigationofallaccidentsandnearmisseswillhelpyouidentifycausesandneeded corrections, and can helpyoudeterminewhy accidents occur, wherethey happen, and any accident trends.Suchinformation iscriticaltopreventingandcontrollinghazardsand potentialaccidents.

REPORTING TO OSHA

REPORTING FATALITIES AND MULTIPLE HOSPITALIZATION INCIDENTS - Within 8 hours of the death of any employee from a work-related incident or the in-patient hospitalization of 3 or more employees as aresult of a work-related incident, Rain for Rent must report the fatality/multiple hospitalization by telephone or in persontoOSHA.

WHERETOREPORT -GenerallysuchincidentstotheOSHAAreaOfficethatisnearesttotheincident.Iftheoffice is closed you must report the incident to OSHA’s toll-free central telephone number at 800-321- 6742.

CONTENTS - In such instances, Southeast Building Supply Interests should report the following information to OSHA:

• The name of the establishment

• The location of the incident

• Thetimeoftheincident

• The number of fatalities or hospitalized employees

• The names of any injured employees

• The name of the employer’s contact person and phone number

• Abriefdescriptionoftheincident.

FATALITY BY HEART ATTACK - Southeast Building Supply Interests must report fatalities that were caused by heart attack while at the work place.

FATALITY/HOSPITALIZATION THAT OCCURS AT A LATER DATE - If the fatality or multiple hospitalizations occurs within 30daysof a workplace incident, Southeast Building Supply Interestsmust report toOSHA under these provisions.Otherwisethereisnoobligationtoreport.

PROVIDING RECORDS TOOSHA - Upon request, Southeast Building Supply Interests must provide copies of the records maintained under section 1904 to OSHA and other appropriate government representatives within 4 business hours.

ANNUAL OSHA INJURY AND ILLNESS SURVEY - If Southeast Building Supply Interests receives OSHA’s annual surveyform, SoutheastBuilding Supply InterestsmustcompleteitandreturnittoOSHA.

INCIDENT REPORT FORMS

INVESTIGATIVE REPORT – Complete this section of the form for all incidents, accidents or near miss. Then complete the appropriate following sections:

• EMPLOYEE INJURY - When you, as an employee of the company, incur any injury to yourself while working.Areportmustbemadeevenifthereisnoapparentinjury.

• INCIDENTS INVOLVING EQUIPMENT, PROPERTY DAMAGE, and SPILL, THEFT or VANDALISM –Damage, theft or vandalism of equipment or company property whether leased or owned. Any spill, whetheratoneofourfacilities,customers,orinroute.

• MOTORVEHICLE-Whenyouaretheoperatorofacompany-ownedvehicle,rentedvehicleoroperating yourownvehicleoncompanybusinessonpublicorprivateproperty,andyourvehiclemakes contact with another vehicle or property. A report must be made even if there is no apparentdamageorinjury.

• EMPLOYEE/WITNESS STATEMENT FOR INCIDENT OR INJURY - Employee or witness complete this section for all incidents.

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

All personnel who have the role and responsibility for incident reporting will be trained in the requirements of this program by completing the online Incident Investigation training. The training covers incident root cause, reporting,investigationandrecordingprocedures.

PROGRAM ENFORCEMENT

All employees are responsible for adhering to this policy. Failure to comply with these procedures may be groundsfor disciplinaryaction.

RECORDS RETENTION

The following shall be maintained for five years at the Corporate Headquarters:

ATTACHMENT 1 INCIDENT REPORT FORM

Contact the EHS Dept. immediately (615) 752-0700. Please complete within 24 hours of incident. Complete entire first section, then appropriate following section.

INVESTIGTION REPORT

Date of incident/injury : Time of incident/injury :

Person reporting incident Injury ☐ Vehicle ☐ Property/Equipment Damage ☐ Theft/Vandalism ☐ Spill ☐

Where did the incident occur: Sun Solar Location ☐ Customer ☐ In Transit ☐ Other

Address where incident/injury occurred:

Describe the events that led up to the incident:

Full description of incident:

Cause of incident:

Corrective Action:

Witness name: Phone #

Witness description of incident:

Witness name: Phone #

Witness description of incident:

➔ A controlled substance and alcohol test will be given immediately after all incidents with property damage.

Date Drug & Alcohol test given:

Estimate of Damages $

Pictures Yes No

Managers signature Date

ATTACHMENT 2 – EMPLOYEE INFORMATION FORM

Employee Information

Injured Employee’s Full Name:

Employee Number:

Employee’s Address:

Date Hire: Date of Birth:

Phone Number:

# Of days per week:

Job Title:

Employment Status: Full Time Part Time Temporary Time Began Work: AM PM # Of hours worked per day:

Gender: Male Female

Employee’s Supervisor: Date Notified Supervisor:

Was employee injured on the job: Yes No

# Of Days Expected to be off work: Last Date Worked: 1St Day Missed:

Was Employee’s Pay Continued: Yes No Has Employee Returned to Work: Yes No

Was Safety Equipment Provided: Yes No N/A What Was Provided:

Was it in use at the time of the injury: Yes No

Did safety equipment preform as designed: Yes No

Was a machine part involved: Yes No Describe:

Were others involved in the accident/incident: Yes No

Names:

Type of Injury (cut, bruise, ect.):

Part of body (right hand, back, ect.):

Was 1st Aid Given on Site: Yes No If Yes, what treatment:

Did employee receive medical treatment: Yes No Where:

Clinic/ hospital address:

Was employee hospitalized: Yes No

Phone #:

Incidents Involving Company Equipment / Property Damage / Theft / Vandalism

Description of equipment involved: Equipment #: Nature of Incident:

Customer’s Name & Address:

Date of contact:

Party responsible for loss:

Theft: Equipment Failure: Damage to Equipment: Damage to others by equipment:

Amount:

Did equipment cause injury / damage to others: Yes No

Describe:

If Theft, list items / $ Value (use additional page if necessary):

ATTACHMENT 3 – MOTOR VEHICLE FORM

MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT

ATTACHMENT 4 EMPLOYEE / WITNESS STATEMENT FOR INCIDENT OR INJURY

EMPLOYEE / WITNESS STATEMENT FOR INCIDENT OR INJURY

Your name: Address:

Phone No.

Are you the injured person? or witness ? Your job title:

An incident investigation is not performed in order to place blame, but to discover all possible causes sothat recurrencemaybeprevented.

Describewhatyouweredoingbefore,during,andaftertheincidentoccurred,andwhatyousaworheard:

Date of report: Full Name (Print)

Signature:

3.2 FIRST AID TREATMENT

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to present a summary of the basic elements for a first-aid program at the workplace. The first priority in the treatment of an injured employee is to obtain proper medical attention.In anextreme emergency,immediatefirst aid may benecessary.Those elements include:

• Identifyingandassessingtheworkplacerisksthathavepotentialtocauseworkerinjuryorillness.

• Designing and implementing a workplace first-aid program that:

• Aims to minimize the outcome of accidents or exposures

• Complies with OSHA requirements relating to first aid

• Includes sufficient quantities of appropriate and readily accessible first-aid supplies and first- aid equipment,suchasbandagesandicepacks.

Assigns and trains first-aid providers who:

• Receive first-aid training suitable to the specific workplace

• Receive periodic refresher courses on first-aid skills and knowledge.

FIRST AID TRAINING

In the event we are working in an area where a medical facility is not reasonably accessible to provide treatmenttotheinjured,apersonwithavalidcertificateinfirstaidtrainingwillbeavailableatthejobsite.First Aid Training should be American Red Cross or American Heart Association, ortheirequivalent.Employees areencouragedtobeCPRtrainedalso.

FIRST AID KIT

The first aid kits must be inspected by the location manager The supplies must be adequate, with necessary supplies that reflect the kinds of injuries that occur, and must be stored in each work area where they are readily available for emergency access. The contents of the first-aid kit shall be inspected monthly by the safety coordinator. Update inventory list to ensure that the expended items are promptly replaced. The contents of the first-aid kit shall be arranged to be quickly found and remain sanitary. First-aid dressings shall be sterile in individually sealed packages for each item. The minimum first-aid supplies will be determined by the risk associated with work activities. First aid kits should be visible or a sign should be displayed indicating its storage location. Drugs, antiseptics, eyeirrigationsolutions,inhalants,medicines,orproprietary preparations shallnotbeincludedin first-aidkits(29CFR1910.151(b).

Firstaid kitsshallconformtotherequirementsofANSI Standard Z308.1.and containatleast the following items or an approved equivalent. First aid kit contents may be substituted to meet unique job specific requirements whenapprovedby aqualifiedperson.(7-1-97)

First aid kits shall be regularly inspected to ensure completeness and to check the condition of the contents. (7-1-97)

Itemsotherthanfirstaidmaterialsshallnotbestoredinthefirstaidkit.(7-1-97)

Firstaidkitsshallbemaintainedattheten(10),sixteen(16),twenty-four(24),orthirtysix(36)unitlevel. (71-97)

Ten (10) package kit: one (1) package adhesive bandages, one inch (1") (sixteen (16) per package); one (1) package bandage compress, four (4) inch (one (1) per package); one (1) package scissors and tweezers (one (1) each per package); one (1) package triangular bandage, forty (40) inches (one (1) per package); one (1) package antiseptic soap or pads (three (3) per package); one (1) micro shield, one (1) pair latex gloves; four (4) packages of choice when approved by a qualified person. (7-1-97)

Sixteen (16) package kit: one (1) package absorbent gauze, twenty-four (24) inches x seventy-two (72) inches (one (1) per package); one (1) package adhesive bandages, one (1) inch (sixteen (16) per package); two (2) packages bandage compresses, four (4) inches (one (1) per package); one (1) package eye dressing (one (1) per package); one (1) package scissors and tweezers (one (1) each per package); two (2) packages triangular bandages, forty (40) inches (one (1) per package); one (1) packageantiseptic soap orpads (three (3) per package); one (1) micro shield, one (1) pair latex gloves; six (6) packages of choice when approved byaqualifiedperson.(7-1-97)

Twenty-four (24) package kit: two (2) packages absorbent gauze, twenty-four (24) inches x seventy- two (72) inches (one (1) per package); two (2) packages adhesive bandages, one (1) inch (sixteen (16) per package); two (2) packages bandage compresses, four (4) inches (one (1) per package); one (1)packageeyedressing(one(1)perpackage);one(1)packagescissorsandtweezers(one(1)each perpackage); six (6) packages triangular bandages (one (1) per package); one (1) package antiseptic soap or pads (three (3) perpackage);one(1)microshield,two(2)pairlatexgloves;eight(8) packagesofchoicewhenapproved byaqualifiedperson.(7-1-97)

Thirty- six (36) package kit: four (4) packages absorbent gauze, twenty-four (24) inch x seventy-two inch(one (1) per package); two (2) packages adhesive bandages, one (1) inch (sixteen (16) per package); five (5) packagesbandagecompresses,four(4)inch(one(1)perpackage);two(2) packageseyedressing(one(1) perpackage);eight(8)packagestriangularbandages,forty(40)inches (one (1) per package); one (1) package antiseptic soap or pads (three (3) per package); two (2)microshields,three(3)pairlatexgloves;one(1)packagescissorsandtweezers;eleven(11)packagesof choicewhenapprovedbyaqualifiedperson.(7-1-97)

FIRST AID

Always call 911 to obtain qualified medical assistance for persons who require emergency medical treatment. In areas where 911 is not available, the numbers of physicians, hospitals or ambulances shall be conspicuously posted by the safety coordinator. If you are trained and provide first aid, direct or transport the injured person to a medical facility for further evaluation. First aid is emergency care provided for injury or suddenillnessbeforeemergencymedicaltreatmentis available. The first-aid provider in the workplace is someone who is trained in the delivery of initialmedical emergency procedures, using a limited amount of equipment to perform a primary assessment andinterventionwhile awaiting arrival of emergencymedical service (EMS) personnel.

Suddeninjuriesorillnesses,someofwhichmaybelife-threatening,occuratwork.TheOSHAFirst Aidstandard (29CFR1910.151)requirestrainedfirst-aid

providers at all workplaces of any size if there is no “infirmary, clinic, or hospital in near proximity to the workplace which is used for the treatment of all injured employees.” In addition to first-aid requirements of (29 CFR 1910.151), OSHA standards also require training in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) because sudden cardiac arrest from asphyxiation, electrocution, or exertion may occur.

If an employee is expected to render first aid as part of his or her job duties, the employee is covered by the requirements of the Occupational Exposure to Blood borne Pathogens standard (29 CFR 1910.1030). This standardincludesspecifictrainingrequirements.

• Do not dispense or administer any medications, including common pain relievers.

•Do not put any ointments or creams on wounds or burns; use ice, cold pack or cold water.

• Wear examination gloves and eye protection when rendering assistance for any situation involvingcontactwithbloodorotherbodily fluids.

Thefirstpriorityinthetreatmentofaninjuredemployeeistoobtainpropermedicalattention.Inanextreme emergency immediate first aid may be necessary. The following are common first aid treatments for the various ailments listed.

ASPHYXIATION

Symptoms: Nausea,dizziness,unconscious,lipsorearlobesarebluebreathinghasstopped,bizarrebehavior.

Treatment: Remove to fresh air, give rescue breathing.

BLEEDING

ARTERIES

Symptoms: Brightredbloodspurtingfromwound.

Treatment: Directpressureoverwoundtocontrolbleeding.

BLEEDING VEINS

Symptoms: Darkredbloodflowingsteadily.

Treatment: Applysterilebandagefirmlyoverwound.Donotbreakbloodclot.

BLEEDING

(INTERNAL)

Symptoms: Faintness,paleface,thirst,sighing,aweakrapidpulse. Treatment: Lay thevictimdown,keepwarmandquiet.Callanambulance.

BURNS

Symptoms: Caused by exposure to heat, or dry caustic chemicals, or acids, or alkalis.

Treatment: Cold applications for minor burns. For liquid chemical burns, wash affected area with large amounts of water, usually for 15 minutes. For dry chemicals, carefully brush or blow away chemicals, then washareawithlargeamountsofwater.

DISLOCATIONS

Symptoms: Compareinjuredtouninjuredlimb,longerorshorter?Lookfordeformityatthejoint.

Treatment: Supportalonglinesofdeformity.Donotattempttoreposition.

ELECTRIC SHOCK

Symptoms: Unconscious, breathing stopped. Burn at the point of contact.

Treatment: Shutoffelectricityorinsulateyourselffromanelectricalsource,thenrescuethevictim.Giverescue breathingand/orCPRasnecessary.

FAINTING

Symptoms: Face pale. Eyelidsdroop. Cold sweat. Aweak, rapid pulse.

Treatment: Laythevictimdown,loosenclothing.Keepwarmandquiet.Checkforotherinjuriesifpersonfalls.

FRACTURES (CLOSED)

Symptoms: Pain, swelling, tenderness, bruising.

Treatment: Support the limb above and below fracture. Apply well-padded splints if injured must be moved.

FRACTURES (OPEN)

Symptoms: Open wound, bleeding, bone protruding.

Treatment: Bandagewound.Applysplintsinlineofdeformityifinjuredmustbemoved.Donotstraighten fracture.

FRACTURED SKULL

Symptoms: Bleedingmaybenoticedfromeyes,nose,ormouth.Bloodorserumfromears.Swellingofhead wound.

Treatment: Elevatehead.Laybandageoninjury,avoidingpressureonthewound.Nevergiveastimulant. Check the victim periodically for a state of consciousness.

HEAT EXHAUSTION

Symptoms: Coldwetskin,dizziness, headaches,nausea,weakness.

Treatment: Lay the victim down, loosen clothing. Keep cool. Carefully give fluids.

RUPTURE/HERNIA

Symptoms: Sharp stinging pain. Faint feeling. Sick to stomach. Lump in groin.

Treatment: Place injured on his back, elevate knees. Apply cold pack to lump.

SHOCK

Symptoms: Facepale,eyelidsdroopy,skincoldandclammy.Unconscious.Treatment: Lay thevictimdown,elevatefeet.Loosenclothing.Keepwarmandquiet.

SNAKE BITE

Symptoms: Pain, swelling, a pinpoint wound.

Treatment: Apply restricting band 3 inches above wound and not too tight. If alone, walk slowly for help. Be calm. Don't squeeze or cut the wound.

COMMUNICABLE DISEASE PREVENTION

1. If you are sick and have symptoms of a Communicable Disease (cough, sneezing, sore throat or fever),we askthatyoustayhomeuntilyouarebetter.

2. All employees who have symptoms of acute respiratory illness are recommended to stay home andnot cometoworkuntiltheyarefreeoffever,signsofafever,andanyothersymptomsforatleast24hours, withouttheuseoffever-reducingorothersymptom-alteringmedicines(e.g.coughsuppressants). Employeesshouldnotifytheirsupervisorandstayhomeiftheyaresick.

3. Vehicles will be routinely disinfected with supplied disinfectant to wipe down

4. Personal Protective equipment should not be shared between employees, if you need additional PPEcontact yoursupervisor.

5. All employees are asked to use extreme care and appropriate personal hygiene

◦ Cover mouth with arm or tissue when coughing or sneezing

◦ Wash hands with Soap and water for at least 20 seconds. Use alcohol-based hand sanitizer whenavailable.

◦ Wipe down personal items on a regular basis

◦ Refrain from touching face

◦ Keep Social Distancing from each other

3.3 SAFETY DISCIPLINE POLICY

PURPOSE

This policy applies to all Southeast Building Supply Interests employees and outlines the guidelines to support good safety performancewiththeuseofadequatecoachingmeasuresandtoeliminateoccasionalorcontinuous safety violations.

RESPONSIBILITIES

The Company will not tolerate deliberate employee disregard of Southeast Building Supply Interests Safety Health,& Environmentalpolicies,OSHA,stateandlocalsafetylawsorregulations.

Each manager and supervisor is responsible for implementing and enforcing all regulations and Southeast Building Supply Interestsprocedural requirements. The Safety Coordinator is responsible for monitoring compliance with this policy. Each employee is responsible for complying with the company’s Safety Program, along with the rules and regulations as stipulated in the Southeast Building Supply Interests Environmental Health & Safety Handbook, and any instructions issued by the employee’s supervisor as well as those identified during new hire orientation.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Each employee who reports to work for any Southeast Building Supply Interests location shall be given a safety orientation andSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsEnvironmentalHealth&Safetyhandbook.Thisprogramand manualclearly explainthesafetyresponsibilitiesoftheemployeeastheyrelatetotheindividual’sjobfunction andresponsibilities,aswellastheresponsibilitiesoftheCompany.Theindividual’ssafetyinstructionsmayinclude, and are not limited to, information encompassing the individual’s safe position and action, proper use of tools and equipment,andanassignedsafemethodofperformingwork.

Eachpersonsupervisingworkwillberesponsibleforcoordinatingworkwithothersintheworkareatoensurethat allworkcanbeaccomplishedinasafemanner.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

The following process must be followed and administered in a fair and nondiscriminatory manner. All disciplinary actions, including instructions for improvement to an individual shall be documented in the individual’s file. Each supervisor or manager is responsible for ensuring that individual employees are given direction for their assignments. The instructions shall be clearly understood by the employee with an additional understanding that a violation of the proper safety instructions or rules may result in disciplinaryactionupto andincludingdischarge.

A violation of Southeast Building Supply Interests Environmental Health & Safety rules or OSHA regulations of state laws shall be promptly corrected. If necessary, retraining shall be accomplished. A written “Employee Safety Violation Notice” warning will be documented by the supervisor or Safety Coordinator with copies issued to the individual, and placed in the individual personnel file. The contents of the “Notice” regarding safety shallbediscussed with the employee. See (Attachment 1) “Employee Safety Violation Notice” may be used. Repeated safety violations may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. ATTACHMENT 1 –EMPLOYEE SAFETYVIOLATIONNOTICE

ATTACHMENT 1 – EMPLOYEE SAFETY VIOLATION NOTICE

Attachment 1

Employee Name:

EMPLOYEE SAFETY VIOLATION NOTICE

Date of Warning: Type of Violation (Check Box)

Violation of Safety Procedures

Lack of Commitment to Safety Program Damage to Material/Equipment Personal Protective Equipment Failure to Follow Safe Work Instructions Other

Explanation of Violation:

Previous Warnings:

First Warning Second Warning Third Warning

ORAL WRITTEN DATE BY WHOM

Employer Statement: Employee Statement

Date of Violation Time am pm I agree with Employer's Statement I disagree with Employer's Statement

Reasons are:

Action To Be Taken:

O Warning O Probation O Suspension O Dismissal

O Other

I have read this Employee Safety Violation Notice and understand it.

Signature of Employee Date

Supervisor's Signature Date

Manager's Signature Date

cc:

3.4 RESTRICTED DUTY

PURPOSE

This policy outlines the guidelines under which Southeast Building Supply Interests will offer restricted duty or a restricted work schedule to a qualified injured employee who meets the eligibility and other requirements outlined herein. The restricted duty programis only available to employees who are injured on the job.

AsprovidedforinourEnvironmentHealth&SafetyPolicyStatement,itisthepolicyof SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterests toprovideallemployeesaworkplacefreefromhazardsandthepotentialforinjury.Intheeventanemployeeisinjured on the job, it is the policy of Southeast Building Supply Interests that all operating divisions and locations provide an injured employee the opportunity to perform restricted duty when released to do so by a qualified physician. Thequalityofcareandtimelyrecoveryofaninjuredemployeeisofthehighestprioritytothe managementandstaff ofSoutheast Building SupplyInterests

REQUIREMENTS

A qualified licensed physician, or medical care provider, will determine whether an employee medically qualifies for restricted work duty as it relates to the ongoing treatment. The qualified licensed physician, or medical care provider,foreachoperatinglocationmust beadvisedoftheavailability oftheSoutheast Building Supply Interests Restricted Duty Policy to assist in the determination of the injured employee’s fitness to perform restricted duty. OnceworkdutystatushasbeendetermineditistheresponsibilityoftheHeadofSafety(inconsultationwiththeEHS ClaimsAdministrator&DepartmentManager)toapproverestricted duty for the employee.

Type of Work to Be Performed

Once it has been determined an employee meets the eligibility requirements and is offered a restricted duty status, the Regional Safety Manager (in consultation with the Department Manager) will designate the department and tasks to be performed by the employee. The restricted duty tasks must be approved by the medical care provider in writing priortotasks being performed bytheemployee. Once the medical care provider authorizes and signs off on the restricted duties, the employee will be notified by the Head of Safety and Manager and required to sign theverification of duties. (Attachment1RestrictedDutyOffer Letter).

The restricted duty will be consistent with the instructions of the qualified licensed physician or medical care provider and will under no circumstances allow the injured employee the opportunity to exasperate the current injury. All instructionsrelatingtotherecommendedworkrestrictionssetforthbythequalifiedlicensedphysicianormedical careproviderwillberelayedtotheemployeeanditwillbetheemployer’s responsibilitytoassuretherestrictedduty is consistent with those instructions. It is also the responsibility of the employer to assure that on-going treatment or rehabilitationscheduleismaintained.

If no current position exists to accommodate the injured employee according to the recommendations of the qualified licensedphysicianormedicalcareprovider,thedevelopmentofarestrictivedutypositionnot currentlyinplace will be required. The restricted duty program is only available to employees who are injured on the job.

Hours of Service

It will be the responsibility of each location to determine the schedule of each injured employee offered a restricted duty position. While the instructions of the qualified licensed physician or medical care provider may dictate the numberofhourstheemployeeispermittedtowork,aninjuredemployeeonrestrictedduty statuswillnotbepermitted to work more than 40 hours (straight time) Monday through Friday. No overtime will be available and the employee willbecompensatedathisregularrateofpay.

Authority to Recommend Restricted Duty and/or Return to Work

Theauthoritytorecommendanemployeeforrestricteddutywillrestsolelyonthequalifiedlicensed physician or medical care provider selected by the Southeast Building Supply Interests operating unit. The responsible party ateach locationwillofferarestrictedscheduletoanemployeebasedonly ontheseinstructions.Itisunderstoodan employee’spersonalphysician mayrecommendrestrictedduty,butonly therecommendations of the Southeast Building Supply Interests assigned qualified licensed physician or medical care provider willbehonoredregardingthe reassignmentofanemployeetoarestrictedworkstatus.Whiletheemployeemayseektreatmentwithaphysicianof theirchoiceinrelationtothistypeofinjury,theemployeewillbe requiredtobemedicallyclearedbytheSoutheast BuildingSupplyInterestsqualifiedlicensedphysicianormedicalcareprovider prior to their return to work.

RefusaltoAccept Offer

Intheeventthatanemployeeisinjuredonthejobandiseligibletoreturntoworkonarestricteddutybasis,theemployee will berequired todosowithinthetimeframe dictated by theSoutheast Building Supply Interests qualified licensed physician or medical care provider. If an employee refuses to accept the offer and fails to participate intherestrictedduty program,theemployeemaybesubjectedtothelossoftemporarydisabilitybenefits.

Summary

Qualityofcareistheinitialconcernregardinganyon-the-jobinjuryofSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsemployees. It is imperative the injured employee be provided every opportunity to return to the workplace in a timely fashion and allowed to resume his/her occupation as a contributing member of the Company subject however, to the requirements as outlinedin thispolicy.

ATTACHMENT 1--RESTRICTED DUTY OFFER LETTER

Date: To:

Afterreviewinginformationprovidedbyyourphysician,wearepleasedtoofferyouthe following temporary work assignment.

We believe this assignment is within your capabilities as described by your physician on the attachedworkstatusreport.Youwillbeonlybeassignedtasksconsistentwithyourphysical abilities,skillsandknowledge.

Restricted Duties:

Location:

Start Date:

WorkDays/Hours:

Supervisor:

Wages:

If you decline this restricted duty position, you may not be eligible for temporary disability benefits. If you accept position, you have the same work responsibilities as you have with your regular position as far as arriving on time, keeping scheduled work hours, etc. Failure to report to work or any other breach of company policy could result in discipline, up to and including termination.

I have read and understand the above information

☐ I accept this temporary restricted work assignment

☐ Ideclinethistemporaryrestrictedworkassignment

Name Date

3.5 RETURN TO WORK (FITNESS FOR DUTY)

PURPOSE

This policy provides guidelines under which Southeast Building Supply Interests will accept the return of employees that have been injured on and off the job.

REQUIREMENTS

As outlined in our Environmental Health & Safety Policy Statement, it is the policy of Southeast Building Supply Interests to provide all employees a workplace free from hazards and the potential for injury. In the event an employee is injured,itisthepolicyofSoutheastBuildingSupplyIntereststhattheemployeebereleasedbyourCompanyphysician to return to work. Human Resources should be consulted on any restrictions that may be covered under the ADA.

RETURN TO WORK WITH RESTRICTIONS

If an employee is given restrictions from Southeast Building Supply Interests designated care physician, Human Resources will forward doctor’s notice to the Claims Administrator and/or EHS Director. Claims Administrator and/or EHS Director in conjunction with HR will determine if the restrictions would inhibit the employee from performing their jobdutiesbasedontheirjob description.

Upon review Claims Administrator and/or EHS Director will make the final determination if the employee canreturn to work.

CHAPTER 4

4.1 NON-DOT CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY

INTRODUCTION

Southeast Building Supply Interests (“the Company”) is committed to an alcohol and drug free work place for all employees. The Company recognizes that substance abuse by employees will impair their ability to perform properly and will have serious adverse effects on the safety, efficiency and productivity of all employees. This policy describes the Southeast Building Supply Interests policy on substance abuse, its drug and alcohol testing requirements, and the resources available to employees who are in need of assistance with substance abuse concerns. Please be aware that Southeast Building Supply Interests strives for “zero tolerance” with respect to violations of this policy and that terminationofemploymentrelationshipisthetypicaloutcomeofpolicyviolations. SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterests, therefore, encourages all employees with substance abuse concerns to seek assistance before they violate thispolicy.See theSectiononEmployeeAssistanceformoreinformation.

This policy applies to all employees, on-site contractors, and guests, without exception. Job applicants in violation of this Policy will not be hired. Contractor employees will not be subject to Southeast Building Supply Interests drug and alcohol testing, but must be subject to and in compliance with a substance abuse and testing policy that meets or exceeds the requirements of this policy before being allowed access to our premises or performing work for Southeast Building SupplyInterests QuestionsaboutthisPolicymaybedirectedtotheDrugandAlcoholTestingProgramAdministrator.

Certificate of Understanding and Agreement (Attachment 1)

PROHIBITED ACTIVITY

DRUGS

Southeast Building Supply Interests strictly prohibits the use, sale, attempted sale, conveyance, distribution, manufacture, purchase, attempted purchase, possession, cultivation, and/or transfer of illegal drugs and intoxicants at any time.Theterm“illegaldrugs”meansalldrugsforwhichtheuseorpossessionismadeillegalunderfederal,state, orlocal law, including marijuana. The use of prescription medicine becomes illegal when the medicine has not been prescribed for your or if you use it in a manner inconsistent with prescription or dosing instructions.Averifiedpositivedrug testwillbeconsideredproofthatanindividualhasviolatedthisPolicy.

Illicitdrug equipment or paraphernaliaisprohibited aswell. No employeeis allowed tohave contraband, including firearms, ammunition, explosives and/or weapons of any kind on company or customer property or in company vehiclesatanytime.

Thispolicydoesnotprohibitemployeesfromthelawfuluseandpossessionofprescribedorover-the-countermedications. SeethesectiononPrescriptionMedications,below.

ALCOHOL

Southeast Building Supply Interests prohibits the use or possession of alcohol while working, while operating a Company- provided vehicle, or when on Company or customer premises. Moreover, the use or abuse of alcohol off the jobthatimpairsperformanceonthejobwillsubjecttheemployeetodisciplinaryaction.

Some medications may contain alcohol.You are expected toreview packaging information and torefrain fromusing any medicationthatcontainsalcoholwhileworkingorsoonbeforeyouarescheduledtobegin work. **BAC –Blood Alcohol Content Alcohol Test InitialTestScreen

BAC

BAC

Initial tests that are confirmed as being between .02 to .039 blood alcohol concentration will result in the employee being removed from Southeast Building Supply Interests or customer property for a period of at least 24 hours. A second testmadeonaseparateoccasionshowingapositivetestresultof.02percentormore,ora.04percentbloodalcohol concentration (BAC) or higher on any test will result in termination. A saliva or breathalyzer test will be the initial test except as may be required by law. A positive initial test will be confirmed by a second confirmation test.Alcoholtestingwillbedoneusingprotocolsthataresubstantiallysimilartofederalcollectionprotocols(49C.F.R. Part40).

PRESCRIPTIONMEDICATIONS

When a physician prescribes the use of prescription or over-the-counter drugs, or when over-the-counter drugs bear warnings about side effects that may affect job performance, each employee should ask a health care provider whether suchdrugsmayadverselyaffecthisorherabilitytosafelyperformassignedduties.Usingorbeingundertheinfluence ofsuchdrugsisprohibitedwheresuchusemayaffectyourabilityto perform your job safely.

You must advise your immediate supervisor and/or the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Administrator if you are taking a medication that may adversely affect your ability to perform assigned duties safely. If there is any question concerningyourabilitytoperformsafely,youwillbeassignedotherwork,if,inthesole discretionofmanagement, suchdutiesareappropriateandavailable,oryoumaybesenthome.Youneednotrevealthemedicalconditionforwhich themedicinehasbeenprescribed,unlessdirectly askedtodosobyaHumanResourcesRepresentativeforthepurpose ofevaluatingyourfitness-for-duty.

DISCIPLINE

Employees who violate this policy will be subject to immediate termination, even for a first offense, where permitted by law. Therefore, the Company encourages employees to seek assistance with drug and alcohol concerns before the employee violates this policy or experiences performance problems as a result of substance abuse. See the section on Employee Assistance.

SEARCHES AND INSPECTIONS

On company and/or customer property, at any time, company and/or customer supervisors, Contractor supervisors and/or authorized search and inspection specialists, including scent-trained animals, may conduct unannounced searches and inspections of company and/or company Personnel and their property. That property may include, but is not limited to, wallets, purses, lockers, baggage, offices, desks, toolboxes, clothingandvehicles.

DRUG & ALCOHOL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestswilltestforthepresenceofillegaldrugsand/oralcohol,including, but not limited to, amphetamines, barbiturates, benzodiazepines, cocaine, marijuana, opiates, Methaqualone and phencyclidine, in the following circumstances:

1)Pre-Employment – Applicants will be offered employment conditioned on taking and passing a drug and/or alcohol test before commencing work. Employment offers will be withdrawn whenever an applicant receives a verified positive test result or refuses to participate in the testing process. Applicants who test positive may reapplyaftersixmonthsprovided theynolongeruseillegaldrugs.

2)Reasonable Suspicion – When Company management has reason to believe that an employee has violated this policy, theemployeemay beaskedtosubmittoareasonablesuspiciondrugand/oralcoholtest. Requests for reasonable suspiciontestswillbebaseduponreasonableobservationsoftheindividual’s behaviororperformanceatthetimeof request,orotherindicationthatthispolicymayhavebeenviolated.Examples of observations or facts that may trigger a request to submit to a reasonable suspicion test include, but arenot limited to,one ormore of the following:

• observed suspected drug or alcohol abuse or misuse; bizarre or erratic behavior, including unexplained violations of safety rules, unexplained change in job performance, or a pattern of conduct that indicates substanceabusemaybeaproblem;

• a conviction or acceptance of a guilty plea for drug- or alcohol-related criminal offenses during an individual’semploymentwiththeCompany;

• observedsuspectedpossessionofalcohol,illegaldrugsordrugparaphernaliaontheCompany’s premisesor inaCompany-providedvehicle;

• information provided by either a reliable and credible source or which is independently corroborated; and/or

• a physical appearance, smell, or symptoms which may indicate drug or alcohol abuse.

3) Post Incident – Employees who are involved in a serious accident or near accident while on duty will be asked to submit to a post-incident drug and alcohol test as part of the Company’s investigation of the incident, provided that the employees’ acts or failure to act appear to have caused or contributed to the incident. Serious accidents includethoseinwhichanyindividualsufferedaninjurynecessitatingmedical treatment,andthoseinwhichproperty damagewassustained.Aseriousnear-accidentmay alsoincludeasituation in which seriousinjury or property damage was apparently narrowly avoided. All such tests will be conducted as soon as possible after the Company learns of the incident but after any necessary emergency first aid has been provided. Nothing in this section should be construed as to require the delay of necessary medicalattentionforinjuredpersonsfollowinganincident.

4) Safety Sensitive Random Testing – Random drug testing is mandatory for all employees that are classified in a Safety Sensitive position. Classifications of Safety Sensitive positions are categorized by the job function of the employee. Employeeswillbeenrolledinthisrandomprogramiftheirjobfunctionfallsunderoneormore of the following: Safety Sensitive, Fiduciary Responsibility, Trade Secrets Exposure, Personal/Sensitive Information, or Traveling. (For a complete list of Safety Sensitive Positions please see attachment 2.) Individuals will be selected for testing at random, using a neutral, objective selection procedure, from the pool of individuals subject to such testing. Once selected for Safety Sensitive Random testing, an employee

may not be waived from the testing requirement. Employees willbe notified at the time of their hire or at thetime theybecomesubjecttosuchtests.

5) Return-To-WorkandFollow-UpTesting–Employeeswhoself-identifyasbeinginneedoftreatmentorassistance with drug and/or alcohol concerns will be asked to submit to an evaluation and required to participate in any course of treatment or education prescribed for that employee by a treatment professional. After evaluation and before returning to work, the employee must take and pass a return-to- work drug and/or alcohol test and agree to a Return-to-Work Agreement providing, among other things, that the employee will submit to frequent unannounced follow-up drug and/or alcohol tests for a period of up to 2 years, or as recommended by the employee’s treatment provider.

6) Customer Required Testing – Customers or clients may require that Southeast Building Supply Interests employees submit to additional drug and/or alcohol tests, such as pre-access tests, before that employee will be permitted to perform work onbehalfoftheclient.Employees willbenotified wheneverany suchadditional requirementswill apply to their work. Some Customers may require Hair Testing; employees will be expected to submit to Hair Testing when required by customers. All hair tests are subject to confirmatory testing by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS).

7) AlcoholandDrugstobetestedorprohibiteddrugsareanyofthefollowingsubstancesandthreshold levels:

URINE TESTING DRUG PANELS

PROCEDURES FOR DRUG & ALCOHOL TESTING

1) Consent – No sample will be collected, or test conducted on any sample, without the written consent of the person being tested. However, a refusal to submit to a test when asked will be viewed as insubordination and will subject the individualtoimmediatetermination.SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestswillpaythecostsofalldrugand/oralcohol testsitrequiresofemployeesandapplicants.

2) Collection and Chain-of-Custody – Persons being tested will be asked to provide a test sample to the collection site personnel. Procedures for the collection of urine specimens will allow for reasonable individual privacy, unless there is a reason to believe the individual may alter or substitute the specimen to be provided. Urinespecimenswillbetested fortemperature,andmaybesubjecttoothervalidationproceduresas appropriate.Ifthereisproofthatthespecimen provided has been altered or substituted the individual who provided the sample will be sent home until the official results are returned from the lab. The collection site person and the person being tested will follow chain-of-custody proceduresforspecimensatalltimes.

3) TestingMethods–AlldrugtestsampleswillbescreenedusinganImmunoassaytechniqueandall presumptive positive drug tests will be confirmed using gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS).All presumptive positive drug tests will be confirmed by a laboratory certified by the U.S. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration for federal workplace testing. Breath, saliva, and/or urine tests may be used to detect the presence of alcohol. Tests will seek only information about the presence of drugs andalcoholinanindividual’sspecimen,andwill nottestforanymedicalcondition.

4) Notification–Anyindividualwhosetestisconfirmed positivefordrugswillbesonotifiedbyaMedical Review Officer(“MRO”)(amedicaldoctorwithanexpertiseintoxicology),whowilloffertheindividualan opportunityto share,inconfidence,anylegitimatereasonsheorEHSmayhavethatwouldexplainthe positivedrugtest(suchas, forexample,evidencethattheindividualholdsaprescriptionforthesubstancedetected).IftheMROisunabletoreach the individual whose test is in question, the MRO will contact the DER for assistance. Once the individual has been notified to contact the MRO they will be required to do so immediately. If the individual provides an explanation acceptable to the MRO thatthe positive test result wascausedbyfactorsotherthanthemisuseofdrugs,theMRO willorderthepositivetestresulttobe disregardedandwillreportthetestasnegativetotheCompany.OncetheMRO notifies the individual of a positive test result and requests proof that that the positive test results were caused by factorsotherthenthemisuseofillegaldrugstheindividualwillhavefivebusinessdaystoprovidetherequestedproof to the MRO. Otherwise, the MRO will verify and report the test as positive. The MRO may also review suspected adulterated, substituted, and dilute results and make determinations about their validity. Individuals may request or will be provided with a copy of their own non-negative test results. In addition, an individual who tests positive for drugs may ask the MRO to have his or her urine sample sent to an independent certified laboratory for a second confirmatory test, at the individual’s expense, although the Company may suspend, transfer, or take other appropriate action pending the results of any such re-test. A request for a re-test must be made within 7 days of the date the employeeisinformedoftheconfirmedpositivetestresult.The employeemayalsocontesttestresultsbysubmitting information in writing to the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Administrator within 10 days of notification of the initial test results.

5) Confidentiality–Allrecordsrelatingtopositivetestresults,drugandalcoholdependencies,andmedicalinformation revealedtoCompanyand/oritsMROshallbekeptconfidential,anddisseminatedwithintheCompanyonlyonaneedto-know basis. Any records will be kept in secure files separate from personnel files. Test results will not be released outsidetheCompany withoutthewrittenconsentofthetested individual,

except when necessary to defend an administrative proceeding or court claim brought by or on the individual’s behalf,or as otherwise required by law.

6) Supervisor TrainingandEmployeeAwareness –Supervisorschargedwithmakingreasonablesuspicion determinations willbetrainedindetectingthesignsandsymptomsofdrugandalcoholmisuse.Inaddition,information on the effects of substance abuse on employee health and safety will be provided to all employees periodically and may be obtained upon request from the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Administrator.

EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE

SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsencouragesemployeestoseekassistancewithdrugand/oralcoholconcernsandcan assist and support employees in locating services and rehabilitation programs that emphasize education, prevention, counseling,andtreatment.

The Company encourages employees who may have concerns about substance abuse to seek assistance, either through the EAP or directly with a management or human resources representative before the employee violates this or another Company policy, resulting indisciplinary action. Employees’ health insurance may cover the cost of drug or alcohol treatment. Moreover, employees may be eligible for a leave ofabsencetoparticipateinsuchaprogram.

An employee’s decision to seek help voluntarily (before the individual is asked to submit to a drug test and/or beforethe individual is discovered otherwise to have violated this Policy) will not be used as a basis for disciplinary action, although the individual may be transferred, given work restrictions, or placed on leave, as appropriate. A person’s decision to seekhelp willbetreated as confidential, and communicated only to those Company employees and agents with a need-to-know. Please be aware, however, that a decision to seek treatment can neither excuse nor protect individuals who have already failed to meet expectations or who have engaged in policy violations, so please get assistance before your performance suffers. If you have a question about employee assistance resources, please contact Human Resources or your supervisor.

POLICY VIOLATIONS

Consistentwithits“zerotolerance”policyforsubstanceabuse,employeesinviolationofthispolicywillbesubjectto immediate termination, even for a firstoffense, where permitted by law.

CONSEQUENCES OF A POSITIVE TEST

An employee whose alcohol or drug test is positive, regardless of the reason for the test, is considered to be in violation of Company policy and will be subject to immediate termination of the employment, even for a first offense, where permittedbylaw.Employeesthatareterminatedforapositivedrugand/oralcoholtestwill not be eligible for rehire.

REFUSING A TEST

An individual’s refusal to submit to drug and/or alcohol testing will be considered insubordination, and will result in immediateterminationoftheemployment,withoutexception.Attemptstotamperwith,substitute,adulterate,diluteor otherwisefalsify atest sample areconsidered refusalsto submit to atest, as is a failureto appear at thetesting location promptly afterbeing askedtosubmittoatest.

COMPLIANCE

Southeast Building Supply Interests will administer this Policy, including all drug and alcohol testing provisions, in a manner that complies with federal, state and local laws. If you have a question about this policy or its application at yourlocation,pleasedonothesitatetocalltheDrugandAlcoholTestingProgramAdministrator.

ATTACHMENT 1--CERTIFICATION:

CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION FOR DISCLOSURETO CLIENTS OF SOUTHEAST BUILDING SUPPLY INTERESTS OF ALCOHOL AND DRUG TEST RESULTS AND RELATED INFORMATION.

IherebycertifythatSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestshasprovidedmewithacopyofitsNon-DOTControlled Substanceand Alcohol TestingPolicy;thatIhavereadandunderstandthePolicy;andthatIunderstandthatcomplyingwiththePolicy is a condition of employment. I hereby consent todisclosureby SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterests, and its agents, including, but not limitedto,anycollectingandtestingagencies,ofthetestresultsidentifiedaboveandanyrelatedinformation toclients ofSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsanditsauthorizedagents,assigns,orrepresentatives.

Employee Signature Date

Employee Printed Name Employee #

4.2 EMPLOYEE SAFETY CONCERNS

PURPOSE

This procedure outlines the means by which all Southeast Building Supply Interests employees may register concerns about environmental, health and safety issues.Ourpolicystrictly prohibitsand willnottoleratediscrimination against any person for raising environmental, health or safety concerns. This procedure provides methods to ensure that concerns are properly evaluated and quickly resolved for all divisions and locations. All employees are encouraged to identify unsafeconditions.Safetyconcernsaretobereportedtoyoursupervisorsothattheissuecanbe addressedasquicklyaspossible. The supervisor should then notify the Manager or Safety Coordinator. In the event that an employee does not want to report the concern to the immediate supervisor, the concern may be reported directly to the Safety, Health & Environmental Department. The Company is committed to investigating the relevant facts and resolving the concern in a timely manner.Therearetwoimportantterms thatneedtobedefinedinrelationtothisprocedure:

1. “Contact” means communication,verbal, written,electronicorother means,forthe purposeof conveyingorseekinginformation.

2. “Employee Safety Concern” means a problem or issue with equipment, operation, procedures, etc.which may endangertheemployee,coworkers,thegeneralpublic ortheenvironment.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Employees are required to report any observed unsafe conditions or concerns, and fully support investigations by management into expressed concerns. Managers and supervisors are responsible for creating and maintaining a work environment where employees and others are encouraged to identify unsafe conditions and bring forward Environmental Health & Safety concerns. They are also to ensure that unsafe conditions are corrected and resolved in a manner so that workers, the general public and the environment are protected. Managers and supervisorswillfullysupportall investigationsandinformtheemployeesofthispolicy andprocedure.

Manager/Safety Coordinator and supervisors are responsible for managing safety concerns reported by individuals. Each concern will be tracked, evaluated, investigated and resolved as the situation warrants. Updates andresolution to safety concernswillbeprovidedinatimelymanner.Anyconcernthatisnotrelatedtosafety,health or the environment shall be referred to theappropriate manager.

METHODS FOR REPORTING CONCERNS

Each employee is encouraged to use any of the following methods, in any order, to express environmental, health or safety concerns. No person willbe subject toreprisal for raising such a concern through any ofthe channelsdescribed.

1. Contact your immediate manager, supervisor, or safety coordinator.

2. Contact another member of management.

3. Contact the Environmental, Health and Safety Department.

INFORMATION REQUIRED

Each employee should provide pertinent information that includes:

1. Abriefdescriptionoftheconcern.

2. How and when the individual expressing the concern can be reached.

CONCERNS BROUGHT TO MANAGERS AND SUPERVISORS

Any managers or supervisors receiving contact from an individual regarding an environmental, health or safetyconcern shall undertake the following actions:

1. Listen to the individual and gain a thorough understanding of the issue.

2. Thank the individual for bringing the issue to your attention.

3. Ask for input and suggestions from the individual on how the concern can be resolved.

4. SeekassistancefromtheSafety Coordinator,who willinformtheSafetyHealth&Environmental Departmentofthesafetyconcern.

Provide frequent and ongoing contact with the individual who brought the concern to your attention. Provide a formal written response, if required or warranted, to the individual in a timely fashion. The written response may include:

1. Abriefdescriptionoftheconcern.

2. Adescription ofthestatusof theinvestigation.

3. A description of the resolution to the concern and any corrective/preventive action, if warranted.

4. Provide a copy of the written response to the Manager/Safety Coordinator who will keep senior managementandtheSafetyHealth&EnvironmentalDepartmentinformedofthesituation.

CONCERNS BROUGHTTOTHESAFETY COORDINATOR

The Manager/Safety Coordinator, upon receiving a contact from an individual regarding an environmental, health orsafety concern,willundertakethefollowingactions:

1. Listen to the individual and gain a thorough understanding of the concern.

2. Thank the individual for bringing the concern to your attention.

3. Notifytheappropriatemanageroftheconcern.

4.Investigatetheconcerninatimelyandobjectivemannerwhilemaintainingtheconfidentialityofthose expressingtheconcern.

5. Initiateprompt corrective/preventiveactionaswarranted.

6. Providefrequentandongoingcontactwiththeindividualwhobroughttheconcernforward.Providea formal written response, if requiredor warranted, to the individual in atimely manner.

The Manager/Safety Coordinator will:

1. Keep senior management informed of the situation.

2. Maintain a log of all environmental, health or safety concerns initiated by employees.

The log shall contain the following information:

1. Date of the initial concern.

2. Staff member responsible for addressing the concern.

3. Copy of the resolution.

4. Notification to the Safety, Health & Environmental Department.

The programs, policies or information referenced above are for your convenience and may be provided either as trainingor addressedindetailinothersectionsofthisManual.

4.3 EMPLOYEE SAFETY RULES

PURPOSE

The safe operation of any facility depends on providing a proper environment and safe conduct by employees at all times. Such conditions are necessary to protect the safety of employees and assure compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards.

To that end, the Company sets forth established safety rules that, together with other proper standards of conduct, employeesareexpectedtofollow.

The well-being, and often the lives of fellow employees, depend on the conduct of each individual and his/her adherence tosafetyrules.Itis,therefore,theintentoftheCompanytoenforcesafetyrulesstrictlyandtake appropriatedisciplinary actionagainstany employeewhofailstomaintainpropersafeconductatalltimes,or whoviolatesanyoftheruleslisted below.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) (fall protection systems, eye glasses, knee pads, Hearing protection, etc.) asspecifiedfor certainemployeesmustbewornonjobswheretheiruseisrequired.Theuseofcontactlensesshouldbeavoidedwherethere existsthelikelihoodofharmfulcontacttotheeye.

Machine guarding and other safety devices must be kept in place, properly adjusted, and used. Any malfunction must be reported immediately.

MAINTENANCE

Repairs and adjustments of machinery and equipment must be performed by authorized maintenance personnel or employees specifically assignedtothetask.

Equipment must be locked out before repairs and adjustments are made, except where adjustments necessitate controlled operation.

Electrical and electronic repairs must be performed by authorized maintenance personnel or employees specifically assignedto thetask.

HOUSEKEEPING

Working areas must be kept clean and orderly.

Defined aisles, walking areas, and stairways must be kept free of obstructions. Toolsand equipmentmustbereturnedtotheirproperstorageplaceafteruse.Spills,suchaswater, coffee,etc.,mustbecleanedupimmediately.

Materialsor equipment must notbe placed insuch a manner as to obstruct accessto safety equipment(eye wash, safety shower,fireextinguishers,electricpanels,etc.)

GENERAL SAFETY PRACTICES

• Injuriesthatoccuronthejobmustbereportedimmediately,nomatterhowsmall,tothesupervisor.Incaseofthe supervisor'sabsence,the,EnvironmentalHealth&SafetyDepartmentshouldbecalled.

• Instructionsshouldbeobtainedfromthesupervisorbeforeproceedingonajobwhenindoubtabout safety or theproperwaytodothejob.

• Frequentandregularinspectionsofjobsites,materialsandequipmentwillbemadebyacompetent person. Theseinspectionsmustbedocumentedandkeptonfile.

• Unsafe conditions, equipment, or acts are to be reported immediately to the supervisor.

• Horseplay and running are prohibited while on company and customers premises or job sites.

• Each Employee has the right and the responsibility to “Stop The Job” if necessary to prevent incident/injury.

• Flammableliquidssuchasgasolineandflammablesolventsmustbestoredandhandledinapprovedsafety containers.

• Safety warning signs, such as "No Smoking" or "Eye Protection Required", mustbe adhered to at all times without exceptions.

• Tools specified for the job are the only ones to be used. Any defective tools are not to be used and must be reported to the supervisor immediately and replaced.

• Airhosesortoolsshouldneverbepointedatorthrowntootheremployees.

• Only equipment authorized by the supervisor is to be used.

• Employees should inform anyone who takes over a job of any unusual hazards and proper safety precautions for the area.

• Properliftingproceduresmustbeusedwhenmovingmaterial.Obtainhelporliftingequipmentwhen material is too heavy.

• Long hair (shoulder length) must be safely controlled when working around rotating equipment, chemicals,andopenflames.

• Employees should familiarize themselves with the exit locations and evacuation procedures.

• Avoid wearinglooseortatteredclothing. Special care shouldbetakenwhen wearing long hair and beards. Be careful of jewelry that can get caught in machinery. Adhere to customer’s policies concerning longhair,beardsand jewelry.

Operator must:

Betrainedintheproperoperatingproceduresfortheequipmenttheywillbeusing.Understand andfollowallsafety,operatingandmaintenanceprocedures.

Complete a daily inspection prior to operation of the unit as outlined in the manufacturer’s operating manual.

Notify responsiblepersonnelofanydamageormalfunctionsand notoperatetheunituntilproperlyserviced and/or repaired.

4.4 OFFICE SAFETY

PURPOSE

Potentials for personal injury and property damage are present in any office environment. Administrative and sales employees,aswellasallmanagementpersonnel,needtobeawareofsafetyrulespertainingtoallareasof thefacilityandknow what to do in case of an emergency. Therefore, the purpose of this procedure is to lay out general guidelines for safety in officeareas.Safeworkpracticesapplytoallemployees.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Your safety and that of others is a responsibility that we all share. Each of us has a responsibility toreport any concerns or unsafe conditions to your Manager or your Supervisor. Management has provided a safe and efficient workstation for each employee and periodically will provide safety training, post safety notices and provide written safety information and suggestions. The following programs and actions are referenced here for your convenience, and are provided either as training,oraddressedindetailinothersectionsofthismanual.

HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM

Eachofficeemployeewillbemadeawareofhazardousmaterialsthattheymaycomeintocontactwithintheirworkarea. TheHazardCommunicationProgramincludes:

1. Written program.

2. Safety Data Sheets for each hazardous substance used.

3. Specific training for safe handling, use, and disposal.

APPROACH TO EMERGENCY ACTIONS

Management has established an approach that is designed to control emergency events and minimize their effects. Through careful planning, training and employee awareness programs, our employees are safeguarded and the potential for damagetoassetsisminimized.

The approach includes:

1. Posted exit signs, meeting areas and employee accountability.

2. Emergency evacuation and notification of an emergency.

3. Personal injury and property damage.

4. Facilitysecurity.

5. First Aid Response and use (First Aid Kit is mounted on the wall in anaccessible area).

6. Use of fire extinguishers (extinguishers are marked and located in accessible areas).

In the event that you are required to evacuate the building, you are to proceed to the parking lot where each supervisor will ensure that all employees are accounted for. Do not return to the building until an announcement is made thatit is safe todoso.

If you discover a fire, dial the phone and announce fire location over the intercom and notify all employees in the immediatevicinityofthedangerasyouexitthebuilding.

HOUSEKEEPING AND MATERIAL STORAGE

Goodhousekeepingandstorageofofficematerialsarelocatedforconvenience,efficiency,andtoreducefireandpersonal injury hazards. Office areas are to be kept in neat order at all times to prevent accumulation of paper, boxes or other flammable materialsonthedeskorfloor.Any spillsorotherhazardsthat youseeareto be reported immediately to your supervisor.

General housekeeping philosophy covers:

1. Trash removal, recycling and placing discarded items in the wastebaskets provided.

2. Destruction of discarded sensitive Company information – use of a shredder is preferred.

3. Office maintenance and general upkeep (i.e., light bulb replacement, carpet cleaning, restroom cleaning, etc.).

4. Officestorage/suppliesarelocated instorageroomsorin storagecabinetsinvariouslocations intheoffice.

5. Removal of ice/snow during inclement weather.

ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND WORK PRACTICES

Our office utilizes numerous pieces of electronic equipment; i.e., lamps, personal computers, printers, typewriters, etc. A common occurrence is that some office work areas may have only one or two poorly placedoutlets. The result could be overloaded circuits and use of extension cords. Hazards in this situation would include fire,electricshocks,tripsandfalls.

Simple solutions that Southeast Building Supply Interests has taken to eliminate these hazards includes:

1. Efficientworkstationdesign.

2. Addingconvenientoutletswhenapplicableortheuseoffixedpowerstripswithgroundfaultcircuit and circuitoverloadinterrupters(surgeprotectors)inplaceofextensioncords.

3. Replacing worn or broken power cords.

4. Never running power cords under carpet or chair pads.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL AND QUALITY

EnvironmentalControlandQualityprogramsareintendedforemployeecomfortandremovalofindoorair pollutants. When the office environment becomes too cold or too hot, or dust, odors or stagnation fouls the air, it places physical and psychological stress on the employee that reduces efficiency. Other problems that may be associated with poor climate and air quality control include illness, increased employee turnover and complaints.

Symptoms of poor Environmental Control and Quality may include stuffiness, dizziness, headaches, hot flashes, chills,upper respiratoryirritation,fatigue,anditchyskin orrash.

There are a variety of things that cause air pollution. Southeast Building Supply Interests strives to control pollution and relies on our employees to bring them to the attention of management. Some typical sources of indoor air pollution include:

1. Cigarette smoke.

2. Carbon monoxide from: furnaces, fueled heaters, and parking lots.

3. Fibers from fire retardant and insulation.

4. Formaldehyde from: carpet adhesives, furniture bindings, and construction material.

5. Radon gas through bricks andcement.

6. Organic chemicals from: copier fluids, paints, inks, paper.

7. Microorganisms from: people, plants, condensed water in air conditioners.

8. Pollens, allergens and dusts.

The Company has taken various steps to find the appropriate solutions to pollution problems, including:

1. Providing as much fresh air as possible.

2. Allowing smoking only outside the building.

3. Removing the offending problem or increasing ventilation as soon as possible.

4. Replacing air filters on climate control systems and ensuring ducts are checked, cleaned and balanced as necessary.

5. If any of the above situations present themselves, contact the Safety Coordinator or your supervisor.

ERGONOMICS

Certainworkinofficeshavebeenshowntocontributetopainand/orinjuryduetopoorergonomicdesign.Ergonomics is also commonly referred to as human factors engineering. Ergonomics is used to fit machines to man. Included in this categoryarejobsthatinvolveextensivetelephoneusageandcomputerterminalinputting.Lately,muchconcernhasbeenplaced on Visual Display Terminals(VDTs) anduse of Personal Computers (PCs). Workstationdesignorlayoutmayalsobeareas of additional ergonomic concern. Southeast Building Supply Interests has provided our employees with computer monitorsthataredesignedto minimizeproblemsandinclude:

1. High and low color contrasts of print versus backgrounds that cause eye stress.

2. Non-glare color monitors that reduce eyestrain.

3. Monitorsthatarepositionedawayfromwindowsanddirectlightingtoremoveglare.

Our workstations, cubicles or offices have:

1. The keyboard placed at a comfortable position.

2. Monitorspositioned at eye level orlower.

3. Chairs that can be adjusted so that the employee's feet rest flat on the ground and back support is maintained. In addition, the chairs are designed such that the knees are not below the hip joint. This prevents stress to the lower back and also eliminates excessive pressure on the lower thigh behind the knee,whichcanreducebloodflowtothelowerleg.

4. Room or space to reduce the amount of reaching, bending and routine hand/wrist movementsthatwillhelptoreducefatigueandmusculoskeletalstrains.

5.Intheeventthatanyoftheabovesituationsarise,bringyourspecificneedstotheattentionof your supervisor.

STRESS MANAGEMENT

In addition to environmental and workstation stresses, employees may also suffer emotional stresses. Undefined work goals and ambiguity about what is required on the job causes emotional stresses. Emotional stress will affect employee performance and efficiency.

Southeast Building Supply Interests attempts to minimize stress and its impact on employees through a variety of endeavors that may include:

1. Clearly written policies and procedures.

2. Thoroughinitialtrainingandfollow-uptraining.

3. Employee participation in decisions that will affect them.

4. Effective communication by the supervisor on job performance.

5. Establishing performance-planning goals for the year for each employee.

6. Conducting time management workshops.

7. Conducting stress management workshops.

8. Maintaining open lines of communication with all levels of management.

4.5 SECURITY

IN THE WORKPLACE

PURPOSE

Thisprocedureoutlinesthe SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestspolicyformaintainingsecurityintheworkplace. Thecompany prohibits internal or external theft of information or materials, as well as preventing violence of any sort from occurring eitherbetweenco- workersorfromnon-employeetoanemployee.

Workplace violence has become an issue of increasing concern due to a rise of incidents. Workers have a right to a work environment free of safety hazards. The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 requires that every working man and woman must be provided with a safe and healthful workplace. This section of OSHA is more commonly referred to as the “General Duty Clause”. It specifically states: “Each employer shall furnish to each of hisemployeesemploymentand aplace ofemployment whichisfreefromrecognizedhazardsthat are causingor arelikely tocausedeath orseriousphysical harm tohisemployees”.

VISITORS AND RECEPTION

SoutheastBuilding SupplyInterests policystrictlyprohibitsandshallnottolerateviolenceagainstanyemployeeforanyreason, nor theft of company property. It is recommended that each location require all visitors sign a “Visitor Register” at the reception desk. The term “visitor” means any individual who is not a Southeast Building Supply Interests employee. The reception desk is to be staffed at all times during normal hours of business. This includes coverage during the lunch hour. In the event that a visitor does not sign in and proceeds directly into the office, the receptionist will call the Manager or designated person who shall address the situation with the visitor and the employee the visitor is seeing. When a visitor has signed in, the receptionist shall telephone the employee and indicate that a visitor is waiting at the reception desk. The employee will meet the visitor at the reception desk and escort the visitor back to his/her work area. When the visitor is readytoleave,theemployeewillescortthevisitorbacktothereceptiondeskwherethevisitorwillsignout.

RESPONSIBILITIES AND ANTI-THEFT MEASURES

It is Southeast Building SupplyInterests policy not to tolerate internal theft, destruction or inappropriate use of company assets, resources and property. It is also our policy not to condone theft and/or destruction of employees’ personal property. The company is not responsible for the personal property of its employees. Each employee is responsible for safeguarding any personal property brought to work and kept on the premises. All employees are responsibleandencouraged to report incidents of theft, misuse or destruction of company property, assets or resources, and/or employees’ personal belongings to their supervisor, or other members of management. Southeast Building Supply Interests management is committed to objectively investigating the relevant facts and resolving the concern in a timely manner.

Managers and supervisors are responsible for creating and maintaining a work place environment where employees are encouraged to identify theft problems and to help ensure the security of company, personal and fellow employee belongings. No employee shall be subjected to reprisal for raising any concerns. Each concern brought to the attention of management will be investigated and resolved as the situation warrants. Managers and supervisors will fully support all investigations and provide timely updates and resolutions to individuals reporting the concerns as investigations are performed.

CONCERNS BROUGHT TO MANAGERS, SUPERVISORS

Any manager or supervisor receiving information from an individual regarding a theft or violent episode shall:

1. Listen to the individual and gain a thorough understanding of the issue.

2. Thank the individual for bringing the issue to their attention.

3. Seek assistance from management or notify the Environmental, Health & Safety Department.

4. Investigatetheconcerninatimely andobjectivemannerwhilemaintainingtheconfidentialityofthose expressingtheconcern.

5. Provide feedback to the individual who brought the concern to your attention.

6. Provideaformalwrittenresponse,ifrequiredorwarrantedtotheindividualinatimelyfashion.The writtenresponsemayinclude:

1. Abriefdescriptionoftheconcern.

2. Adescription ofthestatusof theinvestigation.

3. Adescriptionoftheresolutiontotheconcernandanycorrective/preventiveaction,if warranted.

4. ProvideacopyofthewrittenresponsetotheSafety,Health& Environmental Departmentwhowillkeepseniormanagementinformedofthe situation.

VIOLENCE

Violenceintheworkplacecantakemanydifferentformsrangingfromverbalorphysicalthreats,orintimidationtophysical assault. It is estimated that close to one million employees are assaulted each year. This results in approximately 159,000 injuries. Additionally, there are about 1,000 homicides that take place in the workplace each year. This accounts for approximately 15% of the total number of workplace fatalities. Homicide is the main killerofwomenintheworkplaceandthe second leading cause of death for U.S. workers. Violence can happen in any organization as a result of stress from work assignments, performance evaluations, policy changes, long hours, etc., and may lead to heated arguments among workers,supervisorsormanagers.Iftheissuesgounresolved,threats,harassment,vandalism,assault,orsomeothertype of violence may result. The greatest potential for violence at work including homicide is from outsiders, such as robbers and muggers, while other forms of violence are typically done by angry customers or employees, and disgruntled former employees. There isnoquestionthattheriskofviolenceincreaseswhenprovidinggoodsorservicestothepublic.

KNOW YOUR ENVIRONMENT

It is important to recognize and realistically evaluate situations that have the potential to become harmful or deadly. Watch for signs from co-workers or customers. These signs range from someone being argumentative, confrontational, and antagonistic, to behaving erratically. Usually in the early stages, prior to any physical confrontations, the individual is looking for someone who will listen and show concern for them. Report all violent acts to your supervisor, especially if you feel that the problem or situation can get worse. Without exception, all threats are to be reported immediately.

Be cognizant of your surroundings, especially when entering an unlit building or parking lot. As you head for the parkingarea, walkwithyourkeysinhand,stayinareasthatarelighted,trytobeconfidentandalwayslookinto

thebackseatandaroundthevehiclebeforeentering.Onceinsidethevehicle,lockthedoorsbeforedoing anything else, including starting the vehicle. If you think that someone has followed you, walk to the closest safe area with people and call thepolice.Ifyouhavetoworklateoralone,askforanescorttoyourcar.Beawareofplaceswhereamuggercouldbehiding and bealert forpeoplewhoseemto behanging around ornervous. If traveling to other offices use your radio or phone to stay in touch so that people know where you are or when to expect you. Be sure your vehicle is well maintained to avoid breakdowns.

IF THE SITUATION BECOMES VIOLENT

Thefirstthingtodoistotrytoavoidanyphysicalconfrontation.Trytomaintainasafedistance.Talktothe person,but donotargueordisagree.Remainascalmaspossibleandtrytomaintainpositiveeyecontact.Doyour best to stall for time. If the assailant has a weapon, do not move or make any sudden gestures. Stay still and never try to take the weapon away. If you try to escape, look for the closest secure area where you can easily call for helpor join other people. When it is safe for you to do so, contact your supervisor and the police, as necessary, to let them know what has happened. Threats over the telephone arejust as seriousas if they weremade in person. Try to keep the caller on the line while you notify a co-worker to get your supervisor, or to listen in. Write down what has been said. Carefully ask for details about where, when or why theviolencewilltakeplace.Getthenameofthecallerorlocation;writedownasmuchasyoucanaboutthecaller.Does thecallerhavean accent,soundintelligent,orarethereanybackgroundnoisesthataredistinct?Likeanyotherthreat,report thecall immediately.

IFVIOLENCE HAPPENS

Try to be prepared on how you will react after the episode. Try to stay calm. Be sure to receive or ask for medical attentionfor anyone hurt. Be sure to report the violent situation to your supervisor or the police. If possible, you, your supervisor, Manager or Safety Coordinator should secure the area by cordoning it off. This will help to protect the scene and not disturb any evidence. Get the names, telephone numbers and a detailed account of what happened from anyone who witnessed the incident. Try to learn from the situation. Know what you can do should the situation present itself again. Volunteer to discuss the situation with others so that they may benefit from the experiences that you have had. The best advice for handling a violent situation is to try to prevent it from happening or to not resist or take actions that could furtherendangeryourselforfellowworkers.

The programs, policies or information referenced above are for your convenience and may be provided either as training or addressedindetailinothersectionsofthisManual.

4.6

WORKPLACE VIOLENCE AWARENESS

& PREVENTION

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to raise the workplace violence awareness level of Southeast Building Supply Interests (Southeast Building Supply Interests)employees.OSHAdoesnothaveaspecificstandardforworkplaceviolence;however,under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, the extent of Southeast Building Supply Interests obligation to address workplaceviolenceisgovernedbythe“GeneralDutyClause”.The“GeneralDutyClause”providesthat:“Eachemployer shall furnish to eachof his employees employment and a place ofemployment which are free from recognizedhazardsthat arecausingorlikelytocausedeathorseriousphysicalharmtohisemployees.”

RESPONSIBILITY

Management has both a legal duty and a moral obligation to provide a safe workplace. To prevent loss of life and injuries and tolimit financiallosses andpotentialliability, policies andprocedures shouldbe institutedtoprevent violencefromoccurring in their workplaces. These policies may include means to identify the potential for violence, procedures to prevent the occurrence of violence and, in the event prevention fails and an incident ofviolence occurs, plans to respond and mitigate furtherdamage.

All employees, including managers and supervisors, are responsible for assisting in maintaining a safe and secure work environment.

PROCEDURE

Workplace violence has emerged as an important safety and health issue in today’s workplace. Its most extreme form is homicide,butalsoincludesassaultorthreatsofviolence,rape,sexualassaultsandrobberies.

When stress factors are combined, a person may commit, or threaten to commit, violence. Unless these emotional, angry or frustrated individuals are handled properly, they may harm you, themselves, or other customers. Sometimes even coworkers, perhaps underagreatdealofstressduetoproblems atwork or athome, maybecomethreateningorviolent.

Many experts say there is no sure way to prevent acts of violence in the workplace; however, you can learn how torecognize the warning signs of a potentially threatening or violent situation and the specific steps to follow if you or a coworker become involved in such a situation. You and your coworkers also need to know about enhanced security measures your office can adopt to bring your office or building up to higher standards of security and personal safety. This policy outlines recommended procedures for site-specific workplace violence prevention programs.

DEFINITIONS:

Workplace Violence

Workplace violence may be a physical assault, threatening behavior or verbal abuse occurring in the work setting. Itincludes, butisnotlimitedto,beatings,stabbings,suicides,shootings,rapes,nearsuicides,psychological

traumassuchasthreats,obscenephonecalls,anintimidatingpresence,andharassmentofanynatureasbeing followed,sworn at or shouted at.

Workplace

Thismaybeanylocation,eitherpermanentortemporary,whereanemployeeperformsanywork-relatedduty.Thisincludes, butisnotlimited to,thebuildingsandsurroundingperimeters, including theparking lots,fieldlocations,clients’homes, andtravelingtoandfromworkassignments.

Violence by Strangers

Inthistypeofincident,astrangercommitstheviolence.Thisstrangerhasnolegitimaterelationshiptotheworker orworkplace andenterstheworkplace,usuallyonthepretenseofbeingacustomer,tocommitarobberyorotherviolentact.Workers alsomaybevictimizedbystrangersoutsidethe“traditional”workplacebutwhile actingwithinthecourseandscopeof their employment.

Violence by Customers/Clients

In these incidents, someone who receives a service provided by the business commits the violence, such as a former customer,client,apassenger,acriminalsuspectoraprisoner.Theviolencecanbecommittedintheworkplaceor,aswith service providers, outside the workplace, but while the worker is performing a job-relatedfunction.

Violence of this kind is divided into two types. One type involves people who may be inherently violent such as prison inmates, mental health service recipients, or other client populations. The other type involves people who are not known to be inherently violent, but are situational violent. Something in the situation induces an otherwise non-violent client or customer to become violent. Typically, provoking situations are those which are frustrating to the client or customer, suchasdenialofneededordesiredservices,ordelaysinreceivingsuch services.

ViolencebyCo-Worker

In co-worker incidents, the perpetrator has an employment relationship with the workplace. The perpetrator can be a current orformeremployee,aprospectiveemployee,acurrentorformersupervisororamanager.Co-workerviolencethatoccurs outside the workplace, but which results or arose from the employment relationship would be included in this category. This typeofviolencecanagainbedividedintotwotypes.Violencebetweensupervisorsandsubordinates,andviolencebetween workersatthesamelevel.

Violence by Personal Relations

Inpersonalrelation’sincidents,theviolenceiscommittedbysomeonewhohasapersonalrelationshipwiththeworker,such as a current or former spouse or partner, a relative or a friend. Included in this category is the perpetrator who has a personaldisputewiththeworkerandenterstheworkplacetoharass,threaten,injuryorkill.

HAZARD ASSESSMENT

The Hazard Assessment Team shall complete the hazard assessment (Attachment 3) “Hazard Assessment”. This consistsofa recordsreview,inspectionoftheworksiteandemployeesurvey.

From this review, issues should be identified that need to be addressed:

Examples

• Have there been employees assaulted by irate clients?

• Have there been employees assaulted while traveling alone?

• Have there been incidents of assault and harassment among employees?

WORKPLACE SECURITY ANALYSIS

The Threat Assessment Team shall conduct an inspection of the workplace (Attachment 4 ) “Workplace Security Analysis”. Fromthisinspection,issuesshouldbeidentifiedthatneedtobeaddressed:

Examples

• Accesstothe buildingisnot controlled;norisitlimited toanyoftheofficesonthe sixfloorsthatwe occupy. Therehavebeenproblemswithnon-employeesenteringprivateworkareas.

• Doorstotherestroomsarenotkeptlocked.

• Lighting in the parking lot is inadequate.

• Inclient-serviceareas,desksaresituatedinawaythatmakeitnecessaryforanemployeetowalkpasttheclientin order to leave the area. There are many objects on top of desks that could be used as weapons (i.e., scissors, stapler,filerack,etc.).

The Threat Assessment Team shall review the work task of our employees to determine the presence of hazards, conditions, operations and situations that might place workers at risk of occupational assault incidents. From this review,issuesshouldbe identifiedthatneedtobeaddressed:

Examples

• Exchange of money with the public

• Working alone or in small numbers

• Workinglateatnightorearlyinthemorninghours

• Working in a high crime area

• Guarding valuable property or possessions

• Workingincommunity settings

• Staffing levels

WORKPLACE SURVEY

Underthedirection ofthe ThreatAssessmentTeam,surveysshould bedistributed among the employeesto identify any additionalissues(Attachment5)“WorkplaceSurvey”thatwerenotnotedintheinitialstagesofthehazardassessment.From thatsurvey,issuesshouldbeidentifiedthatneedtobeaddressed:

Examples

• Employees who work in the field have experienced threats of violence on several occasions, and there have been several near-miss incidents. Employees noted that they were unsure how to handle the situation and that they areoftenafraidtotravelbythemselvestoareasthey perceivearedangerous.

• Employees who work directly with clients in the office have also experienced threats, both verbal and physical, fromsomeoftheclients.

WORKPLACE HAZARD CONTROL AND PREVENTION

In order to reduce the risk of workplace violence, measures shall be recommended (Attachment 6) “Workplace Hazard ControlandPrevention”.

Examples

Engineering Controls and Building and Work Area Design

1. Employees who have client contracts in the facility will have their work areas designed to ensure that they are protectedfrompossiblethreatsfromtheirclients.

Changes to be completed as soon as possible include:

1. Arranging desk and chairs to prevent entrapment of the employees.

2.Removingitemsfromthetopofthedesk,suchasscissors,staplers,etc.,thatcanbeusedasaweapon.

3. Installation of panic buttons to assist employees when clients threaten them. One’s foot can activatethebuttons. Thesignalwillbetransmittedtoasupervisor’sdesk,aswellasthesecuritydesk,whichisalways staffed.

Management has instituted the following as a result of the workplace security inspection and recommendations made by the ThreatAssessmentTeam:

1. Installation of plexi-glass payment windows for employees who handle money and need to take payment fromclients(thenumberofemployeeswhotakemoneywillbestrictlylimited).

2. Adequatelightingsystemsinstalledforindoorbuildingareasaswellas areasaroundtheoutsideof thefacility and in parking areas. The lighting systems will be maintained on a regular basis to ensure safety to all employees.

3. Locks installed on restroom doors, and keys will be given to each department.

4. Installation of panic buttons in employees/work areas.

5. Memorandum to all employees requesting that they remove any items from their desks that can be used as a weapon, such as scissors, staplers, etc.

Policies and procedures developed as a result of the Threat Assessment Team recommendation:

1.Employeeswhoarerequiredtoworkinthefieldandwhofeelthatthesituationisunsafeshouldtravel ina“buddy” systemorwithanescortfromtheirsupervisor.

2. Employees who work in the field will report to their supervisor periodically throughout the day. They will be providedwithapersonalbeeperorcellularphone,whichwillallowthemtocontactassistanceshouldanincident occur.

3. Access to the building will be controlled. All employees have been given a name badge which is to be worn atall times. If employees come in early, or are working past 7:30 p.m., they must enter and exit through the main entrance.

4. Visitors will be required to sign in at the front desk. All clients must enter through the main entrance to gain access.

TRAINING AND EDUCATION:

Documented training for all employees, including managers and supervisors should be repeated every two (2)years.

Trainingshouldinclude:

• Areview and definition of workplaceviolence

• A full explanation and full description of our program (all employees were given a copy of this program at orientation)

• Instructions on how to report all incidents including threats and verbal abuse

• Methods of recognizing and responding to workplace security hazards

• Trainingonhowtoidentifypotentialworkplacesecurityhazards(suchasnolightingintheparkinglot whilelate atnight,anunknown person loiteringoutsidethebuilding, etc.)

• Review of measures that have been instituted in the organization to prevent workplace violence

• Use of security equipment and procedures

• How to attempt to diffuse hostile or threatening situations

• How to summon assistance in case of an emergency or hostage situation

• Post-incident procedures, including medical follow-up and the availability of counseling and referral

Additional Specialized Training

• Personal safety

• Importanceof the buddy system

• Recognizing unsafe situations and how to handle them during off-hours

INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

All incidents must be reported within four (4) hours. An “Incident Report Form” will be completed (Attachment 7) “Incident Report Form”. The “Incident Report Form” will be forwarded to the Director of Environmental, Health & Safety for distributions to the Threat Assessment Team and Human Resources. The Threat Assessment Team will evaluate each incident. The team will discuss the causes of the incident and will make recommendations on how to revise the program to prevent similarincidentsfromoccurring.Allrevisionstotheprogramwillbein writing andmade available to all employees.

RECORDKEEPING

Accuraterecordswillbemaintainedofallworkplaceviolenceincidents.Allincidentreportformswillbekeptforaminimum of5years,orforthetimespecifiedintheStatuteofLimitationsforthelocaljurisdiction.

Any injury which requires more than first aid, is a lost-time injury, requires modified duty or causes loss of consciousness, will be recorded on the OSHA 300 log. Doctor/supervisor reports will be kept in the Environmental, Health &Safety Department.

Incidents of abuse, verbal attack or aggressive behavior that may be threatening to the employee, but not resulting in injury, will be recorded. These records will be evaluated on a regular basis by the Threat Assessment Team.

Minutes of the Threat Assessment Team meetings shall be kept for three (3) years. Records of training program contents, and the sign-in sheets of all attendees, shall be kept for five (5) years. Qualifications of the trainers shall bemaintainedalongwith thetraining.

ATTACHMENT 1 EMPLOYEE SECURITY SURVEY

Thissurveywillhelpidentifyexistingsecurityproblemsorpotentialproblemsinyour buildingoratanalternateworksite.Thisformistobecompletedbyallemployees.

Name:

Date: / /

Worklocation:

1. Doeitherofthesetwo(2)conditionsexistinyourbuildingoratyouralternateworksite?

Work alone during working hours

No notification given to anyone when you finish work

Are these conditions a problem? If so, please describe. (For example, Mondays, evening, daylightsavingtime):

2. Have you been made aware of the following:

YES NO

Awritten policy tofollow foraddressing generalproblems

Awrittenpolicyonhowtohandleaviolentclient

When and how to request the assistance of a co-worker

When and how to request the assistance of police

Whattodoaboutaverbalthreat

Whattodoaboutathreatofviolence

Whattodoaboutharassment

3. Do you have any concerns or complaints (associated with causing an unsafe work site)in regardtothefollowing? Checkallthatapply.

Work alone

Alarmsystem(s)

SecurityinandoutofbuildingSecurity in parking lot

EMPLOYEE SECURITY SURVEY (Cont’d) Page 2 of 2

4. Have you ever been assaulted by a co-worker? YES NO

5. To your knowledge, have incidents of violence ever occurred between your coworkers? ☐ YES ☐ NO

6. Areviolence-relatedincidentsworseduringshiftwork,ontheroadorinother situations?Pleasespecify:

7. Whereinthebuildingorworksitewouldaviolence-relatedincidencemostlikely occur?

lounge exits deliveries privateoffices parkinglot bathroom entrance Other:

8. Have you missed work because of a potential violent act(s) committed during your course of employment?

9. Do you receive workplace violence-related training or assistance of any kind?

ATTACHMENT 2 HAZARD ASSESSMENT

Date Threat Assessment Team completed the hazard assessment: / /

This consisted of a records review, inspection of the work site and employees survey. The ThreatAssessmentTeamreviewedthefollowingrecords:

Yes No

OSHA 300 logs for the last three years:

Incident reports:

Recordsoforinformationcompiledforrecordingofassault incidentsornear-assaultincidents:

Insurance records:

Policy reports:

Incident investigations:

Training records:

Grievances:

Otherrelevantrecordsorinformation(Workers’ Compensation records):

From these records, we have identified the following issues to be addressed:

ATTACHMENT 3 WORKPLACE SECURITY ANALYSIS

Date Threat Assessment Team conducted Workplace Security Analysis: / /

From the inspection, the following issues have been identified:

The Threat Assessment Team reviewed the work task of the employees and the following factors were considered:

From this analysis, the following issues have been identified:

ATTACHMENT 4--WORKPLACE SURVEY

Date Threat Assessment Teamcompleted Workplace Survey Assessment: / /

From the survey, the following issues have been identified:

ATTACHMENT 5 WORKPLACE HAZARD CONTROL & PREVENTION

DateWorkplaceHazardControlandPreventionrecommendationscompleted: / /

Engineering control, building and work area design recommendations:

Management has instituted the following from the Threat Assessment Team recommendations:

These changes were completed by: / /

ATTACHMENT 6 INCIDENT REPORT FORM

1. Victim’s name: Job title:

2. Victim’s address:

3. Home phone number: Work phone number:

4. Southeast Building Supply Interests address:

5. Department / Section:

6. Victim’s Social Security Number:

7. Incident date: / / Time of incident:

8. Incident location:

9. Worklocation(ifdifferent):

10. Type of incident (circle one): Assault, Robbery, Harassment, Disorderly Conduct, Sex Offense,Other(pleasespecify)

(See attached – Definition of Incident Worksheets)

11. Were you injured: ☐ Yes ☐ No If yes, please specify your injuries and the location of any treatment:

12. Did police respond to incident: ☐ Yes ☐ No

13. Which police department:

14. Police report filed: ☐ Yes ☐No Police report number:

15. Was your supervisor notified: ☐ Yes ☐ No

16. Supervisor’s name:

17. Assailant / Perpetrator (circle one): Intruder, Customer, Resident, Client, Visitor, Co-Worker, Former Employee, Supervisor, Family / Friend, Other (specify):

18. Assailant / Perpetrator name and address, if known:

19. Please briefly describe the incident:

20. Did the incident involve a weapon: Yes / No (Specify):

21. Did you lose any work days: Yes / No (Specify):

22. Were you singled out, or was the violence directed at more than one individual?

23. Were you alone when the incident occurred?

24. Did you have any reason to believe that an incident might occur? ☐ Yes ☐ No Why?

25. Has this type or similar incident(s) happened to you or your co-workers? Specify:

26. What do you feel can be done in the future to avoid such an incident?

INCIDENT REPORT FORM (Cont’d) Page 3 of 3

27. Was this assailant involved in a previous incident?

28. Are there any measures in place to prevent similar incidents? ☐ Yes ☐ No Specify:

29. Has corrective action been taken? Specify:

30. Comments:

Submitted by Date

Reviewed by Date

4.7 SMOKING POLICY

PURPOSE

This procedure outlines the smoking policy for all divisions and locations. The Southeast Building Supply Interests smoking policyisintendedtoprovideclearguidelinesontherulesregardingsmokingintheworkplace.Ourpolicyistocreatea “smokefreeenvironment”thatstrictlyprohibitssmokinginanyofourbuildingsorcompany ownedvehicles.

This policy is for the protection of the smoker and non-smoker since medical findings have concluded that secondhand smoke is also dangerous for those individuals who breathe in the second-hand smoke from cigarettes, cigars or pipes. In addition, smoking causes safety concerns related to the open flame required to light tobacco. This is particularly significant in the garages where flammable liquids are used and stored. It also poses a serious explosion and fire potential in and around propane storage areas and at gasoline or diesel refueling locations. Southeast Building Supply Interests shall enforce the above policy to help ensure the health of all employees, to help prevent safety concerns such as fires and explosions,tohelpreduceinsurancepremiumsandtomeetallstateandlocallaws,regulationsandsmokingordinances.

RESPONSIBILITIES

All of our employees that do smoke are encouraged to quit. Southeast Building Supply Interests will work with any employee who is trying to quit by taking part in a smoke cessation program. Contact your Human Resource Administrator for furtherdetails. In addition, consult your health insurance company forinformation regarding professional programs andhelpavailable.Forthoseindividualsthatelecttosmoke,smokingwillbeallowedoutsidethe building,garage,and warehouse or maintenance facility, but away from the entrance Southeast Building Supply Interests recognizes the importanceofpresentingafavorableimageandappreciatesyourhelpinkeepingtheareafreeof cigarettebutts.Yourassistance will allow for the continuation of normal business activities and allow visitors to enter and leave the facility unencumbered.

Ifoutsidevisitorsaresmokingastheyenterthebuilding,itistheresponsibilityofthereceptioniststopolitely informthe visitors of the Southeast Building Supply Interests No Smoking Policy. It is also the responsibility of each employee who may bereceivingavisitortoinformthevisitoroftheCompany’spolicy onsmoking.

4.8

OFFICE WORKSTATIONS

PURPOSE:

The purpose of thisprocedure is to establish good work station habits. Stress and fatigue symptoms from working at computer terminals can be avoided with good posture, good work habits, and adjustments to the equipment on which you work.

PROCEDURE:

At the workplace, employees can do on-the-job conditioning, perform stretching exercises, take frequent rest breaks, wear splints to keep wrists straight, and use correct posture and wrist position. Wearing fingerless gloves can help keep handswarmandflexible.Workstations,toolsandtoolhandles,andtaskscanberedesignedtoenabletheemployee’s wristtomaintainanaturalpositionduringwork.Additionallypositionscanberotatedamongemployees.

Comfort tips and diagram plus a workstation checklist is provided to evaluate and improve employees workstations in accordance with Southeast Building Supply Interests operating procedure (Attachment 1) “Comfort Tips for Computer Users”, (Attachment 2) “Comfort Tips at a Glance” and (Attachment 3) Southeast Building Supply Interests Workstation Checklist”

Anyone experiencing discomfort at their work station should report it to their supervisor early on to provide for preventative intervention.

ATTACHMENT 1--COMFORT TIPS FOR COMPUTER USERS

Stress and fatigue symptoms from working at computer terminals can be avoided with good posture, good work habits, and adjustments to the equipment on which you work. The following tips should help minimize these symptoms and maximizeyourpersonalcomfort.

Posture

• All body angles - hips, knees, and elbows - should be at or around 90 degrees.

• Situp,withchairtiltedbackslightly.

• Your head should be upright, facing forward.

• The backs of your knees should not be in contact with the chair seat and thighs should be approximatelyparalleltothefloor.

• Your shoulders should be relaxed.

• Yourfeetshouldbeflatonthefloororonafootrest.

• Your back should be firmly supported.

• Your arms should rest lightly on the armrests of the chair.

• Your wrists should be straight and flat, not bent backwards.

Equipment

• Your keyboard angle should be adjustable as flat as possible, and the keyboard should be at elbow height.

• The top of your monitor should be slightly below eye level.

•Adjust yourchairandtheheightofyourkeyboardsoyoucanfollowtheaboveposture guidelines.

•Useawristrestifyoufinditdifficultortiringtoholdyourwristslevel.Neverplantyour wristsonthewristrestwhileyoukey.Useittosupportyourpalmsbetweenkeying activities.

•Adjust yourmonitorsothatthecontrastishighandthebrightnesslow.Youmayneedtoadjustit severaltimes duringtheday,astheroomlightchanges.

•Tilt yourscreentoreduceglareorreflection.Trytohaveyourmonitoratrightanglesto windowsorlongbanksoflight.

• Keep the screen free of dust and fingerprints.

• Ifthedisplayisblurryorjittery,reportittoyoursupervisor.

Work Habits

• Use a lighter touch on the keyboard to reduce shock to your wrists.

• Useadocumentholderifyouoftentypematerialfromothersources.Tasklightingmaybe necessarytoreadthematerial.

• Periodically focus your eyes on something at least 20 feet away.

• Take a minute every so often to stretch and vary your routine.

• Periodically change your posture throughout the day.

•Build dynamicworkintoyourday.Youshouldperform15minutesofnon-keyingactivityfor every two hours of keying.

• Do not cradle the telephone between your shoulder and neck while keying.

ATTACHMENT 2 COMFORT TIPS AT A GLANCE

ATTACHMENT 3-- SOUTHEAST BUILDING SUPPLYINTERESTS WORKSTATION CHECKLIST

Thischecklistisdesignedtohelpyouevaluateyourcomputerworkstationandyourvideo display terminal (VDT) to prevent common stresses and injuries associated with VDTusage.

Chair

Well-designed and adjustable chairs improve circulation and posture and prevent back strains and fatigue. Check the following:

Chair height (up/down) and backrest tension/angle are easily adjustable

Chair is equipped with a padded seat and back cushion

Front edge of seat pan is rounded and seamless

Seat is at least 18" wide x 15" long

Chair has non-slippery upholstery with porous "breathable" fabric

Backrest has height adjustable lower back support

Backrest is at least 18" tall x 14" wide

Seat tilts back only slightly as the backrest tilts back

Chair swivels easily on casters

Chair is supported with five legs for stability

Base of chair is at least 24" around

Height and width adjustable arm rests provided if needed

Foot/Leg Positions

Proper foot and leg positions help prevent stress in your neck and shoulders plus prevent crampingandstiffnessinyourlegs. Checkthefollowing:

Feetareflatonthefloororonafootrest

3" - 6" of legroom between legs and workstation

Thighs are parallel to floor

Knees areat 90-110degree angle

Keyboard/Arm and Wrist Positions

Properpositioningofyourkeyboard,armsandwristswillimprovecomfortandavoidinjury. Checkthefollowing:

Keyboard is detachable and slightly sloped at about 10-15 degrees

Keyboard is prevented from slipping

Wrists are relaxed and straight (neutral)

Wrist rest or parallel support arm rests used if needed

Arms are close to body with elbows at 90-degree angle

Wrist/forearmsareparalleltofloor

Mouse is at same level as keyboard and within easy reach

Workstation

A well-designed and arranged workstation encourages good posture and provides less stressonthe body.Checkthefollowing:

Table height is adjustable if needed

Table surface is 25" - 27" above the floor and 30" deep

Adequate space to adjust height/location of monitor

Front edge of table is rounded

Materials used most often are arranged within easy reach

Document holder is at same height and distance as the display screen

Telephone headset or speakerphone used if needed

Storage drawers located under desk/table do not restrict knee clearance

Display Screen/Monitor

Adjusting the viewing distance, height, angle and clarity of the display screen can reduceeye andneckstrain.Checkthefollowing:

Display screen is 18" - 30" away from your eyes

Top line of display (print) is slightly below eye level

Display is tilted slightly to reduce reflections and glare

Display screen is clean and free of flickering

Brightness and contrast controls are adjusted for viewing comfort

Lighting/Glare Reduction

Proper lighting and glare reduction will reduce the strain on your eyes. Check the following:

Indirect or shielded lighting used to reduce reflections and glare

Window blinds or drapes are adjusted or closed when needed

Lighting levels are adjusted (where possible) throughout the day

Face of display screen is at right (90 degree) angles to windows

Ceiling lights are located to the side of the screen (not directly overhead)

Anti-glarescreen/filterusedifnecessary

Task lighting or desk lamp adjusted to avoid glare and reflections

4.9 LONE WORKER POLICY

SCOPE AND APPLICATION:

Scope

This Southeast Building Supply Interests procedure establishes the required steps for a worker to perform duties in the absence ofhisco-workers,contractorsorsupervisorduringorafteranormal8hourworkday.

Application

This document applies to all Southeast Building Supply Interests employees, contract designees and contractors.

RESPONSIBILITIES:

Southeast Building Supply Interests Leadership

• Reinforce strict adherence to this procedure.

• Provide resources for application of this procedure

• Review and communicate gaps in compliance with this procedure.

Line Supervision

• Provide resources for application of this procedure.

• Ensure training is provided such that employees have the skills, knowledge, and understanding of this procedure.

• Audit to ensurethat therequirementsof this procedure are being met.

• Review this procedure at least every four years and revise as needed.

Safety, Heath, and Environmental (EHS)

• Monitorcompliancethroughtheauditprocess.

• Provide technical resources and tools for procedure application. Southeast Building Supply Interests Employees and Contract Designees

• Comply with the requirements of this procedure.

• Identify and report gaps in this procedure.

• Participate in audits and reviews as required.

Contractors

• Comply with regulatory requirements and follow the Southeast Building Supply Interests procedure or the contractor’s equivalentprocedurewhenworkingonSoutheast BuildingSupplyInterestsproperty,leases,and/orrightsof-way.

• ProvideSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestssupervisionwithdocumentationofthecontractor’strainingbeforework begins,when requested.

DEFINITIONS:

After hours – follow normal work hours during the week and on holidays and week-ends.

Area – Customer Job Site

Asset – Customer Job Site

Contractdesignee acontractorwhoisassignedresponsibilitiestoperformwork thatrequires adherence toSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsandorCustomerProcedures

Contractor an individual or organization that is performing work for Southeast Building Supply Interests followingverbal or written agreement

Lone worker - a Southeast Building Supply Interests employee, contract designee or a contractor required to perform duties in the absence of other workers, contractors or supervisor during or after normal 8 hour work day.

Normal work hours - for the majority of the workers this normally an 8 hour work day and this includes weekends andscheduledholidays.

PROCEDURE:

General Requirements

ManagerResponsibilities:

• Ensuretheassethasatrackingprocessformonitoringloneworkersduringnormalwork hours, overtimeworkhours,callouthoursandweekendduties.

• Ensure the asset/contractor has tracking process for monitoring lone workers.

• Ensure asset/contractor maintains emergency contact list for all employees.

Supervisor Responsibilities:

• Ensureifanansweringserviceisusedinthetrackingprocess,theyhavebeentrainedonthe requirements of this procedure and any other responsibilities they may have and have the assets call out list with appropriateinformation.

•Ensure lone workers have a radio or telephone access and are aware of the areas that prevent constant communications due to undependable signals that vary based on terrain and weather.

• Ensure lone workers have the training, skills and are qualified to perform assigned job task without supervision.

•Consider the risk involved with the job, especially pressure related releases, prior to assigning job to a lone worker.

Contractorisresponsibletonotify Southeast Building Supply InterestsManagementorsupervisorwhen there has not been a status notification or communication from a lone worker and that lone worker is consideredmissing.

Lone Worker Responsibilities

• Consult with supervisor on any questions relating to any task assigned.

Normal 8-Hour Daylight Shift

Lone Worker Responsibilities:

• Contact Southeast Building Supply Interests supervisor at the beginning of day and discuss day’s work plan.

• Notify the supervisor or his designee if the work assignment changes during the day.

• Communicate withthesupervisoror hisdesignee at leasttwo times a day, morning and afternoon.

• Notify hissupervisorordesigneeifhisworkassignmentiscompletefortheday andheisnolonger performingloneworkduties.

• Notify his supervisor or designee and answering service, when utilized, if his work assignment will require overtime work.

• Notify supervisor, designee or answering service when overtime work has been completed.

Call Outs and Weekend Duty

Lone Worker Responsibilities:

• Notify supervisor, designee or answering service when he is called out after normal work hoursor ontheweekendandholidays.

• Provideabriefdescriptionoftheworkactivity,locationandestimatedtimetocompletethe job whenyouleaveyourhouse.

• Provideupdateonactivitiesataminimumof4hoursandjustpriortoleavinglocationand when youarrivehomesafelyforcallouts.

• Provideupdateonactivitiesataminimumoftwotimesaday,morningandafternoonand justprior toleavinglocationandwhenyouarrivehomesafelyforweekendduty.

TRAINING

Supervisor

• VerifythatSoutheastBuilding Supply Interestsemployees,contractdesigneesandcontractorswho willbeinvolvedinLoneWorkeractivitiesaretrainedinthisprocedurepriortoassigningtheseduties.

• Verifyothertrainingrelativetothisprocedurehasbeencompletedbypersonnelwhowillbe involvedinLoneWorkersactivities.

• Ensure contractors performing are trained on their lone worker procedure or provided awarenessleveltrainingontheSoutheastBuilding SupplyInterestsprocedure.

• Request the contractorto provide documentation of its company’s required lone worker training, when appropriate.

Southeast Building Supply Interests Employee / Contract Designee

• Complete Lone Worker training as required by supervisor

SEARCH AND RESCUE GUIDELINES

Southeast Building Supply Interests Management or Representative is responsible to work with Contractor Manager or Supervision utilizing the following guidelines:

•Verify workerwasworkingat SoutheastBuilding SupplyInterestsLocationsandnotify Southeast Building Supply InterestsManagement/Representativeimmediately

• Identifyjobtaskandworklocation.

• Employee/contractor supervisor should attempt to call worker, co-workers, and family to verify nocontacthasbeenmadeorreceived.

•Send site Southeast Building Supply Interests representatives (weather permitting) to work area and evaluate siteforindividualandworkactivity.

• EvaluateinformationfromaboveactivitieswithSoutheast Building Supply Interests Management/EHSto identifylevelandlocationofsearchandrescue.

4.10 SEATBELT POLICY

PURPOSE

Thispolicyoutlinesthemandatory useof seatbeltsor similar safety devicesinstalled inSoutheast Building Supply Interests vehiclesandequipmentwhiletheyarebeingoperated.

POLICY

To ensure that seatbelts or similar safety devices are used safely and consistently throughout the Company.

PROCEDURE

1) General:

a. The mandatory use of a seatbelts or similar safety devices are required to be worn by all employees at all times when operating Southeast Building Supply Interests vehicles, equipment, or personal vehicles (when used on official company business).

b.All passengers occupying a seat, for which a seatbelt assembly is provided, must wear the seatbelt. In the event a passenger refuses to wear a seatbelt, the driver should notoperate thevehicle.

c. Under no circumstances are seatbelts or similar safety devices to be removed or modified onanyvehiclesorequipment.

2) Application:

a.Theseatbeltpolicyappliestoallemployeesandoccupantsofanyvehicleorequipment drivenbyemployees,includingcar rentalsandpersonalvehicleswhenusedonofficial companybusiness.

3) Responsibility:

a.Managers andsupervisorsmustdemonstratetheircommitmenttothispolicyby communicatingittotheiremployees,monitoringcompliance,evaluating effectiveness and takingdisciplinaryactionagainstviolations.

4) Belt Systems Maintenance

a.Seatbelts orsimilarsafety devicesinall(company/organization) vehicles/equipmentaretobemaintainedsothattheyarecleanandingoodworking order.

b.Ifaseatbeltorsimilarsafetydeviceisfoundtobedefective,thevehicleorpieceof equipmentshouldnotbeoperatedanditshouldberepairedimmediately. Vehicles shouldbetowedtoaqualifiedrepairshopandtheequipmentmustberepaired prior to operation.

5) Enforcement:

a.Managers and supervisors have an obligation to encourage and monitor usage. The driverofthevehicleisresponsibleforenforcingseatbeltusebyall Occupants.

CHAPTER 5

5.1 ELECTRICAL / GROUNDING HAZARDS

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to ensure the safety of employees by using only qualified person(s) to conduct electrical work.

RESPONSIBILITY

Managers will be responsible for ensuring that only trained and qualified person(s) conduct electrical work.

PROCEDURE

This procedure provides electrical hazard recognition criteria and proper safety related work practices and knowledge. The guidance outlined does not constitute training for “Qualified Persons” working on Generation, Transmission and Distribution installations, use of “Hot Stick” or working on exposed energized parts >600 volts (as defined in 29 CFR 1910.269).

HAZARDS

Hazards associated with Electrical/Grounding Hazards are:

1. Electrical Shock.

2. Ignition source in flammable atmosphere.

3. StaticElectricity.

4. Fire/Explosion.

CLASSIFIED (HAZARDOUS) AREAS

Class1Location

Those in which flammable gases or vapors may be present in quantities sufficient toproduce explosive or ignitable mixtures.

Class 1, Division 1

Location(1)inwhichignitableconcentrationsofflammablegasesorvaporsexistundernormaloperating conditions, (2) in which ignitable concentrations of such gases or vapors may exist frequently because of repair or maintenance operations or because of leakage, or (3) in which breakdown or faulty operations of equipment or processes might release ignitable concentrations of flammable gases or vapors and become a simultaneousignitionsource.(Example:within5’of ShaleShaker;within5’ofanyventortankhatch;inside any wellcellar).

Class 1, Division 2

Locations (1) in which volatile flammable liquids or gases are handled, processed or used, but which are normally confined in enclosed containers or systems, (2) in which ignitable concentrations ofgases orvaporsarenormally preventedbyventilation,(3)whichareadjacent to Class 1 Division 1 locations and not separated by a vapor-tight barrier. (Example: within 10’ of any mud tank; within 10’ hydrocarbon storage tank; inside any bermed area containing hydrocarbon equipment).

Class11and111Locations

These are not anticipated to occur in the oil and gas business.

DEFINITIONS

QUALIFIED PERSON

A “Qualified Person” is defined as those individuals who have been trained in avoiding electrical hazards ofworkingonornearexposedenergizedelectricalparts.

NON-QUALIFIED PERSON

A“Non-QualifiedPerson”isdefinedasthoseindividualswhohavebeentrained;however,they have not receivedtrainingforavoidingtheelectricalhazardsofworkingonornearexposed energizedelectrical parts,andthereforemaynotdoso.

GUIDELINES

Only “Qualified Person(s)” are permitted to work on energized electrical equipment such as electrical panels, wiring and switches. They should follow all safe practices and procedures for the area and equipment/processes being worked on. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as gloves, safety shoes, hard hats, eye/face protection, insulated fuse pullers, insulated hand tools and non-conductive ropes and hand lines should meet industry standards for electrical work as required. All personal jewelry (i.e. rings, earrings, watches, necklaces, etc.) should be removed before working on or around energized electrical equipment.

Safe distance, spacing and other required barriers should be observed. Atleast oneindividualper“crew”shallbeFirstAid/CPRtrained.

All electrical equipment should be considered energized until proven otherwise.

De-energize all circuits before beginning work on those circuits. Use Lockout/Tagout procedures to prevent electrical circuits from inadvertent energization. Only “Qualified Person(s)” should perform “Hot Stick” work.

Use double-insulated or grounded electrical tools. Use Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI’s) inwetor damp environments and/or with extension cords. Do not modify or render electrical interlocks inoperative.

High voltage or areas with exposed live parts must have a sign marked “Danger – Keep Out”. Exposed energizedpartsmustbebarricadedpriortoleavingthem.

All disconnects, circuit breakers and control boxes shall be clearly labeled to identify the corresponding equipment they control. Allvoltage and amp ratings shall be clearly identified as specified by the National Electric Code (NEC).

Usenon-conductiveladderswhenworkingnearelectricalequipmentorenergizedelectricalconductors.

Use protective equipment/devices such as rubber mats and blankets to provide insulation from other electricalenergy and/orgroundingsources.

EXTENSION CORDS

Extension cords shall not be allowed to stand or create tripping hazards. Extension cordsshallnotbeareplacementforpermanentwiring.

Never use an extension cord with exposed or damaged wires. Neveruse anextensioncordthatismissingagroundprong.

Never use defective electrical equipment or extension cords such as plugs that have been altered. Remove fromserviceuntilrepairedbyqualifiedperson(s).

GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTORS

SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsrequiresGCFI’sonallcordsetsandreceptacleswhicharenotapartof the building or structure, and equipment connected by cord and plug which are available for use or used by employees. A written description of this program, including the specific procedures adopted by Southeast Building Supply Interests, shall be available at the jobsite for inspection and copying by the AssistantSecretaryandanyaffectedemployee.

The Operations Manager is responsible for program implementation.

INSPECTION OF EQUIPMENT

Each cord set, attachment cap, plug and receptacle of cord sets, and any equipment connectedby cord and plug,exceptcordsetsandreceptacleswhicharefixedandnotexposedtodamage,shallbevisuallyinspected before each day's use for external defects, such as deformed or missing pins or insulation damage, and for indication of possible internal damage. Equipment found damaged or defective may not be used until repaired.

TESTING OF EQUIPMENT

Thefollowingtestsshallbeperformedonallcordsets,receptacleswhicharenotapartofthe permanent wiring ofthebuilding or structure, and cord- and plug-connected equipmentrequiredto be grounded:

1. All equipment grounding conductors shall be tested for continuity and shall be electrically continuous.

2. Each receptacle and attachment cap or plug shall be tested for correct attachment of the equipment groundingconductor.Theequipmentgroundingconductorshallbeconnectedtoitsproper terminal.

All required tests shall be performed:

a. Beforefirstuse;

b. Before equipment is returned to service following any repairs;

c. Beforeequipmentisusedafteranyincidentwhichcanbereasonablysuspectedtohavecauseddamage(for example,whenacordsetisrunover);and

d. Atintervalsnottoexceed3months,exceptthatcordsetsandreceptacleswhicharefixedandnotexposed todamageshallbetestedatintervalsnotexceeding6months.

e. Southeast Building Supply Interests may not make available or permit the use by employees of any equipment whichhasnotmettherequirementsofthisparagraph(b)(1)(iii)ofthissection.

f. Tests performed as required in this paragraph shall be recorded. This test record shall identify each receptacle, cord set, and cord- and plug connected equipment that passed the test, and shall indicate the last date it was tested or the interval for which it was tested. This record shall be kept by means of logs, color coding,orothereffectivemeans,andshallbemaintaineduntilreplacedby a more current record. The record shall be made available on the job site for inspection by the AssistantSecretaryandanyaffectedemployee.

g. Southeast Building Supply Interests may not permit the use by employees any equipment which has not met the requirementsofthisparagraph.

OVERHEAD POWER LINES

Notify the power/utility company and/or field production operator prior to performing work in the immediatevicinityofoverheadpowerlines.

All power lines shall be considered energized unless proper measures including Lockout/Tagout have been takenforde-energizingbya“QualifiedPerson(s)”.

Whenworkisbeingperformednearenergizedoverheadpowerlines,themaximumheightplus20 feet for derricks, cranes, masts, gin poles or machinery and their attachments shall be maintained from the fully extended fall radius of the equipment to the power lines. Attachments may include radio antennas, extensions, objects being lifted, etc. The 20-foot ruling is for lines 50 kVorless,above50kVrequires10feet plus0.4inchesforeach1kVover50kV.

Workmay beperformedunderde-energizedoverheadpowerlineswhichhavebeenvisibly grounded, and Lockout/Tagout procedures implemented or adequate measures are present to prevent physical contactwiththepowerlines.

STATIC ELECTRICITY

Staticelectricitycanbecontrolledthroughthefollowingmethods:

1. Bonding.

2. Grounding.

3. Reduced Flow Rate.

4. InertGasBlankets.

5. Time Dissipation.

6. Minimized Agitation.

7. Equipment Design.

Explosivesusedinwellservicingoperationscanbeaffectedbystaticelectricitygeneratedbywindy and dry conditions.

TRAINING

Employeeswhoworkwithelectricityataminimumwillbetrainedinthefollowing:

1. 29 CFR 1910 Parts 331-335.

2. Lockout/Tagout.

3. Hazard Communication.

At least one individual per crew shall be First Aid/CPR trained.

Employees who conduct this type of work shall receive annual training at a minimum and training documentation maintained in the employee individual training record.

5.2 ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROGRAM

See separate Electrical Safety Program

PURPOSE

This program provides electrical hazard recognition criteria and proper safety- related work practices and knowledge. Theguidanceintheprogramdoesnotincluderequiredtrainingfor“QualifiedPersons”workingongeneration, transmission and distribution installations, use of “Hot Sticks” or working on exposed energized parts >600 volts.

Thissectionisintendedtohelpaidthelimitedelectricaltasksouremployeesmustperformfortheirjobduties such as working around breakers and running wire. No Live work or “Hot Work” should be performed by any Southeast Building Supply Interests employee. All tasks requiring work on live or exposed components should be contractedouttoaqualifiedelectrician.

Note:“QualifiedPersons”areintendedtobeonlythosewhoarewellacquaintedwithandthoroughly conversant intheelectricequipmentandelectricalhazardsinvolvedwiththeworkbeingperformed.Formore specific details on your operations, consult OSHA Standards 29 CFR Part 1910, 29 CFR 1926 and AmericanPetroleumInstituteAPI.

DEFINITIONS

Current – (measured in amps/amperage) Term used to describe electric flow. It is current that can cause electric shock.

De-energized – Electrical devices that are disconnected from all energy sources including direct electric connections, storedelectricenergysuchascapacitors,andstorednon-electricalenergyindevicesthat couldreenergizeelectric circuitparts.

EnergizedElectricalWork–Workconductedbyanemployeeonornearanexposedenergizedcircuitgreaterthan 50voltsandlessthanorequalto600.

GFCI – Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter, provides additional protection from shocks by shutting off current to equipmentwhenachangeinelectricityissensed.

Grounding–Providesasafepathbetweenelectricityandtheearth,preventingleakageofcurrent.Thecreationofa conductivepath for electricity between a circuitor the equipment to ground.

High Voltage – Electrical systems or equipment operating at or intended to operate at a sustained voltage of more than 600 volts.

Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) – refers to specific practices and procedures to safeguard employees from the unexpected energization or startup of machinery and equipment, or the release of hazardous energy during service or maintenance.

Low Voltage – Electrical systems or equipment operating at or intended to operate at a sustained voltage of 600 volts or less.

Polarized Plug – Helps reduce the potential for shock with easily identifiable plugs. One prong is wider than the otherandcanonlybeinsertedintooutletsoneway.

Qualified Person – One who has the skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipmentandinstallationsandhasreceivedsafetytrainingonthehazardsinvolved.

Unqualified Persons – Personnel with little or no such training related to electrical equipment and safety.

Resistance – The ease with which electricity flows through the material (conductor). Materials (conductors) withhigherresistancepropertiescanbecomehot.(Measuredinohms)

UL – Underwriters Laboratories is an independent product safety testing and certification organization.

Voltage The electrical pressure, or force, that causes current to flow in the circuit.

Amperage The amount of electrical charge, or current, flowing in the circuit.

Watts A measure of electrical power.

RESPONSIBILITY

Managers and safety representative supervisors have the responsibilities to ensure that only qualified person(s) conductthistypeofwork.

PROCEDURE

This program provides guidance for employees who perform such work. The followingpracticesaretobefollowedbyallemployees:

All employees use electric powered equipment and systems throughout the company. Whetherin anoffice,shoporjobsite,electricityisusedcontinuously,usuallywithoutincident.

Voltages as low as 12 volts can be dangerous. When working with or around electrical equipment, one may inadvertently become part of an electrical circuit. Only trained and authorized or qualified individualsshoulddoanyrepairorworkonelectricalequipment.

As part of the Injury and Illness Prevention Program, departments are required to conduct a hazard analysisoftheworkplace. Thisanalysiswillprovideamechanismfor defining workunit specific hazards associated with electricity and create a plan for hazard mitigation and employee training.

ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL PARTS

Only “Qualified Persons” are permitted to work on electrical equipment such as electrical panels, wiring and switches. “Qualified Persons” will follow all safe practices and procedures for the area and equipment processes being worked on. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as gloves, safety shoes, hard hats, eye/face protection, insulated fusepullers,insulatedhandtoolsandnon-conductiveropesandhandlines shallmeetindustrystandardsforelectrical work as required. All personal jewelry (i.e. rings, earrings, watches, necklaces etc.) must be removed before workingonoraroundliveelectricalequipment. Distance,spacingandotherrequiredbarriersshallbeobserved whenworkingonoraroundelectrical equipment.

Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed energized parts unless illumination is provided that enables the employeestowork safely.

Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of the work to be performed, employees maynotperformtasksnearexposedenergizedparts.Employeesmaynotreachblindlyintoareaswhichmaycontain energizedparts

PROCEDURE FOR CHECKING ELECTRICAL PANELS WITH FUSES

Do not grasp any metal part of the panel/controller case before touching it with the back of your hand. Touching with the back of your hand will allow reflex action to pull your hand away if the case is energized and the protective devicehasnotoperated.Ifthe panel/controllercaseisnotenergized,proceedtonextstep.

Push reset button on front of panel/controller. Check HOA (Hand-Off-Automatic Switch). Check time clock. Ifmotor stilldoesnotwork,calla“QualifiedPerson”.Proceedtonextsteponlyifyouhavebeentrainedintestingfusesand havebeenauthorizedtodosobyyoursupervisor.

MoveexternalmaindisconnecttoOFFposition,thenstandtoonesideofthepanel,not infront,andopen panel.Check to be sure that the switch or breaker inside has actually moved to the off position. If so, proceed to next step. Caution: Source side of main disconnect will remain energized after disconnect is open.

Use approved electrician’s gloves, eye protection and fuse puller; remove fuses from fuse clips.

Using ohms scale on meter, check each fuse for continuity. Be sure and check meter before and after by touching test leadstogethertotestmeterforcontinuity.Caution:Donotcheckfusesforcontinuitywhen theyareinfuseclips.This can result in injury to you and damage to the meter if for some reason voltage ispresentinthefuse.

If fuses check OK, place them back in the fuse clips using the fuse puller and close panel. Replace all weak or damagedfuses.

With the panel door in the closed position, stand on the latch side and move the external main disconnect handleto theONposition.(Donotstandinfrontofthepanel).

Retry the HOA switch and reset push button. If motor does not start, call a qualified person for service.

TRAINING

Employeeswhoworkwithelectricityataminimumwillbetrainedinthefollowing:

1. 29 CFR 1910 Parts 331-335.

2. Lockout/Tagout.

3. Hazard Communication.

At least one individual per crew will be First Aid/CPR trained.

Employees who conduct this type of work will receive annual training at a minimum and training documentation maintained in the employee individual training record.

5.3 EMPLOYEE EMERGENCY ACTION & FIRE PREVENTION PLAN

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to ensure the safety of employees by publishing an Emergency Action and Fire PreventionPlanandtoalsoconductinspectionsandemployeetraining.

RESPONSIBILITY

Location Managers will be responsible for ensuring that effective Emergency Action and Fire Prevention Plans are in writing. Also, the proper selection of firefighting equipment, use, maintenance, inspections and employee trainingisconductedanddocumented.

PROCEDURE

This procedure outlines guidance for an effective Emergency Action and Fire Preventive Plan.

EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN

Facilities will have a site-specific Emergency Action Plan in writing, (Attachment 1) “Emergency Evacuation Plan”. ThisPlanwillcoverthosedesignatedactions Southeast Building SupplyInterests (SoutheastBuilding SupplyInterests) employees musttaketoensuretheirsafety fromfires and otheremergencies. Thefollowing elementsshallbe included in the Plan:

1. Emergency escape procedures andemergency escape routeassignments.

2. Procedures to be followed by employees who remain to operate critical location operations before they evacuate.

3. Procedures to account for all employees after emergency evacuation have been completed.

4. Rescue and medical duties for those employees who are to perform them.

5. The preferred means of reporting fires and other emergencies.

6. Names or regular job titles of persons or departments who can be contacted for further informationorexplanationofdutiesundertheplan.

FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS

Knowledgeable engineers or other professionals must design fire detection systems with expertise in fire detection systems. When the systems are installed, there should be an acceptance test performed on the system to ensure it operatesproperly.

SUPERVISION

Fire detection systems shall be supervised. The object of supervision is detection of any failure of the circuitry and to only use methods that will ensure the system's circuits are operational. Electrically- operated sensors forairpressure, fluidpressure,orelectricalcircuitscanprovideeffectivemonitoring andarethetypicaltypesof supervision.

PROTECTION OF FIRE DETECTORS

Protectivecoatings must protectfiredetectors from corrosion eitherby being manufactured from non- corrosive materials, or by location. Suitable cages must also protect detectors from mechanical impact damage, either metal guardswheresuchhazardsarepresent,or bylocatingthemaboveoroutofcontact withmaterialsorequipment,which maycausedamage.

ALARM SYSTEMS

1. All facilities will ensure an alarm system is used so that all employees will be alerted in case of a fire or other emergencies.

2. In small facilities with 10 or less employees, the alarm system may be by directvoice communication where any one individual can be quickly alerted. Radios may be used to transmit alarms from remote workplaces where telephone service is not available, provided that radio messageswillbemonitoredby emergencyservicessuchaspoliceorothersupportparties.

3. In recognition of physically impaired individuals, alternate alarm systems may be visual, tactile, audible, flashinglights,vibratingdevices,or othermeansofalertingindividuals.

4. Employee alarms may require different means of reporting depending on the workplace involved. More sophisticated equipment is necessary for facilities and high rise buildings. For multi-story buildings or single story buildings with interior walls for subdivisions, the more traditional alarm systems are recommended. Supervised telephone or manual fire alarm or pull box stations with paging systems to transmitmessagesthroughoutthebuildingshallbeused.

EVACUATION

1. Southeast Building Supply Interests facilities will establish in the Emergency Action Plan the types of evacuations tobeusedinemergencies.

TRAINING

BeforeimplementingtheEmergencyActionPlan,LocationManagerswilldesignateandtrainsufficientnumberof person(s)toassistinthesafeandorderlyemergencyevacuationofemployees.SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterests shallreviewthePlanwitheachemployeecoveredbythePlanatthefollowingtimes:

1. Initially when the Plan is developed.

2. Whenever the employee's responsibilities or designated actions under the Plan change.

3. Whenever the Plan is changed.

4. Southeast Building Supply Interests shall review with each employee upon initial assignment those parts ofthePlanwhichtheemployeemustknowtoprotectthemselvesintheeventofanemergency.Thewritten Planshallbekeptattheworkplaceandavailableforemployeestoreview.

FIRE PREVENTION PLAN

Facilities will have a site-specific Fire Prevention Plan in writing, (Attachment 2) “Fire Prevention Plan”. The followingelementsshallbeincludedinthePlan:

1. A list of major workplace fire hazards and their proper handling and storage procedures, potential ignition sources, such as welding, smoking and other areas, their control procedures and types of fire protection equipmentorsystemswhichcancontrolafireinvolvingthem.

2. Names or regular job titles of those personnel responsible for maintenance of equipment and systems installedtopreventorcontrolignitionsorfire.

3. Names or regular job titles of those personnel responsible for control of fuel source hazards.

HOUSEKEEPING

Southeast Building Supply Interests facilities will control accumulations of flammable and combustible waste materials and residues so that they do not contribute to a fire emergency. The housekeeping procedures shall be includedinthewrittenFirePreventionPlan.

TRAINING

Southeast Building Supply Interests will apprise employees of the fire hazards of the materials and processes to which they are exposed.

Southeast Building Supply Interests will review with each employee upon initial assignment those parts of theFire PreventionPlanthattheymustknowintheeventofanemergency. This written Plan will be kept in the workplace and made available for employee review.

MAINTENANCE

Southeast Building Supply Interests will regularly and properly maintain according to established procedures, equipment and systems installed on heat-producing equipment to prevent accidental ignition of combustible materials.ThemaintenanceproceduresshallbeincludedinthewrittenFirePreventionPlan.

CLASSIFICATION OF FIRES

Class A: Ordinary combustibles or fibrous material such as wood, paper, cloth, rubber and some plastics. Class B: Flammable or combustible liquid such as gasoline, kerosene, paint, paint thinners and propane. Class C: Energized electrical equipment such as appliances, switches, panel boxes and power tools.

Class D: Certain combustible metals such as magnesium, titanium, potassium and sodium. These metals burn at high temperature and give off sufficient oxygen to support combustion. They may react violently with water or other chemicalsandmustbehandled withcare.

HOW TO IDENTIFY FIRE EXTINGUIEHSRS

All ratings are shown on the extinguishers faceplate. Some extinguishers are marked with multiple ratings such as AB, BC and ABC. These extinguishers are capable of putting out more than one class of fire.

Class A and B extinguishers carry a numerical rating that indicates the type of fire an experienced person can safely putoutwiththatextinguishers.

Class C extinguishers have only a letter rating to indicate that the extinguishers agent will not conduct electrical current. Class C extinguishers must also carry a Class A or B rating.

Class D extinguishers carry only a letter rating indicating their effectiveness on certain amounts of specific metals.

HOW TO EXTINGUISH SMALL FIRES

Class A: Extinguish ordinary combustibles by cooling the material below its ignition temperature and soaking the fibers to prevent re-ignition. Use pressurized water, foam or multi-purpose dry chemical extinguishers. DO NOT USE carbon dioxide or ordinary dry chemical extinguishers on Class A fires.

Class B: Extinguish flammable liquids, greases or gases by removing the oxygen, preventing the vapor from reaching the ignition source or inhibiting the chemical chain reaction. Foam, carbon dioxide, ordinary dry chemical, multipurposedrychemicalandhalonextinguishersmaybeusedtofightClassBfires.

Class C: Extinguish energized equipment by using an extinguishing agent that is not capable of conducting electrical currents. Carbon dioxide, ordinary dry chemical, multi-purpose dry chemical and halon fire extinguishers may be used to fight Class C fires. DO NOT USE water extinguishers on energized electrical equipment.

Note:Eventhroughhaloniswidelyused,theEPAhopestoreplaceitwithanagentthatislessharmful to the environment.

Class D: Extinguish combustible metals such as magnesium, titanium, potassium and sodium with dry power extinguishing agents specially designated for the material involved. In most cases, they absorb the heat from the material, coolingitbelowitsignitiontemperature.

Note: Multi-purpose chemical extinguishers leave a residue that can harm sensitive equipment such as computers and other electronic equipment. Carbon dioxide or halon extinguishers are preferred in these instancesbecausethey leavevery littleresidue.

FIRE EXTINGUIEHSRS

SELECTION & DISTRIBUTION (PORTABLE)

1. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided for employee’s use and selected and distributed based on the classes of anticipated workplace fires and on the size and degree of hazard which would affect their use.

2. The distribution of portable fire extinguishers for use by employees on Class A fires, so that the travel distanceforemployeestoanyextinguishersis75feetorless.

3. ThedistributionofportablefireextinguishersforusebyemployeesonClassDfireextinguishingagents for use by employees, so that the travel distance from the combustible metal-working area toanyextinguishing agentis75feetorless.

4. When Southeast Building Supply Interests distributes portable fire extinguishers for use by employees on Class B fires, the travel distance from the Class B hazard area to any extinguishers shall be 50 feet or less.

INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE & TESTING

1. Location Managers,ordesignatedperson(s)willberesponsiblefortheinspection, maintenanceand testing of all portablefire extinguishers inthe workplace.

2. Portable fire extinguishers will be inspected monthly, (Attachment 3) “Fire Extinguisher Inspection”.

3. Portable fire extinguishers shall be inspected annually by a qualified person. This inspection shall be documentedandrecordsbemadeavailablefor inspection.

4. Stored pressure dry chemical extinguishers that require a 12-year hydrostatic test be emptied and subjected to applicable maintenance procedures every 6 years. Also, hydrostatic testing shall be conducted when the extinguishershowscorrosionorothersignsthatitmaynotworkproperly when needed.

5. When extinguishers are taken Out Of Service for maintenance, alternate equivalent protection is provided. Hydrostatic

TRAINING AND EDUCATION

1. Whereemployeesareprovidedfireextinguishersintheworkplace,theywillbeprovidedwithaneducational program to familiarize them with the general principles of fire extinguishers use andthe hazards involved withincipientstagesof fire-fighting.

2. Employees shall be provided initial training and annually thereafter. Such training shall be documentedandrecordsbemadeavailableforinspections.

STANDPIPE & HOSE SYSTEMS

This section pertains to all small hose, Class II and Class III standpipe systems.

PROTECTION OF STANDPIPES

Standpipes will be located or otherwise protected against mechanical damage. Damaged standpipes shall be repaired immediately.

EQUIPMENT

Where reels or cabinets are provided to contain fire hoses, they shall be designated to facilitate prompt use of the hose valves, the hose, and other equipment at the time of a fire or other emergency. Reels and cabinets shall be identifiedforuseonlyonfires.

WATER SUPPLY

The minimum water supply for standpipe and hose systems will be sufficient and provide 100 gallons per minute, for at least 30 minutes.

TEST AND MAINTENANCE

1. Class II and Class III systems installed after January 1, 1981, including yard pipe, are hydrostatically tested for a period of at least 2 hours at not less than 200 psi, or at least 50 psi in excess of normal pressure if greater than150psi.

2. Standpipe and hoses installed after January 1, 1981, are hydrostatically tested with coupling in place, at a pressure of not less than 200 psi, before placed into service. This pressure shall be maintained for at least 15secondsandnotmorethan1minuteduringwhichtimethehoseshallneitherleak,noranyjacketthread break during the test.

MAINTENANCE

Inspection of water tanks and/or water pipes, hoses, nozzles and other parts are inspected annually.

TRAINING

Employees will be trained in the use and inspection of this system. This training shall be documented and records be madeavailableforinspection.

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM

Sprinkler systems will have an acceptance test. During testing it is recommended that the designator, insurance representative and/or the local fire official witness the test. Any problems found during testing shall be repaired beforethesystemisputintoservice.

MAINTENANCE

1. Itisimportant thatany sprinklersystemmaintenancebedoneonlywhenthereisminimal employees' exposure to thefire hazard. If repairsor changes tothe system are to be made, they shouldbe made during thosehourswhenemployeesarenotworkingoroccupyingthatportionoftheworkplaceprotectedbythe portionofthesystem,whichhasbeenshutdown.

2. Aqualifiedpersonwilldotheproceduresforperformingaflowtestviaamaindraintestorbytheuseofan inspector'stestvalve.

ATTACHMENT 1 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN

Location:

Location Manager: Address: Phone No.: After Hours No.:

Safety Coordinator:

PROVIDE A DRAWING OF FACILITY, EXITS, AND LOCATION OF MUSTER AREA.

1. Designated person to hold muster.

2. Designated person to collect employee time cards.

3. Designated person to direct emergency crews.

4. List of emergency telephone numbers.

5. Post on Bulletin Board.

6. Hold training, conduct drill, employees sign training roster.

ATTACHMENT 2 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN

PROVIDEADRAWINGOFFACILITYANDLOCATIONSOFFLAMMABLEANDOTHERCHEMICALS. ADDITIONALLY, IDENTIFY THE LOCATIONS OF ALL FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT. RECOMMEND A COPY BE GIVEN TO LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT.

Location:

Location Manager: Address: Phone No.: After Hours No.:

1. Fire Extinguishers

2. Flammable Storage

3. LP Tanks

4. Diesel Fuel

5. New Petroleum Storage

6. Waste New Petroleum Storage

ATTACHMENT 3 FIRE EXTINGUIEHSR INSPECTION

Fire-fighting equipment inspections are as follows:

1. Fire Extinguishers: Monthly

2. Automatic Sprinkler System: Annually

3. Standpipe & Hose Systems: Annually

Assign all fire extinguishers a number by location.

Fire Extinguishers By No.

Date of Inspection:

Fire Extinguishers By No.

Date of Inspection:

Fire Extinguishers By No.

Date of Inspection:

Inspected By:

Inspected By:

Inspected By:

5.4 HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM

PURPOSE

The purpose of this program is based on a simple concept that employees have both a need, and a right, to know the hazards and identities of chemicals they are exposed to when working. They also need to know protectivemeasuresare availabletopreventadverseeffectsfromoccurring.

This program is designed to provide employees with training and information they need for themselves and coworker safety. Also, hazard communication must be a continuing program in order to be successful and to comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1200 and Southeast Building Supply Interests rules and regulations.

RESPONSIBILITY

This program outlines the responsibilities of management and employees. The Manager or designated person will beresponsibleforreviewingyourHazardCommunicationProgramannually.

PROCEDURE

This program outlines the possibility of potentially hazardous chemicals in the workplace. A copy of this program should be placed in the work area. This program also describes the requirements for labeling, understanding Safety Data sheets, inventory list of hazardous chemicals, non-routine task, other personnel exposure(contractors),employee trainingandinformation,auditsandrecords.

Container Labeling

Facilitiesand fieldmanagersshalldesignateaperson(s)whoshallberesponsibleformonitoringall containers ofhazardouschemicalsenteringtheworkplace.TheselabelswillbeinEnglishaswellasanyotherlanguagesneeded fornon-Englishspeakingemployeesatyourlocation.NonEnglishspeakingemployeeswillbeinstructedintheir language. Employees are prohibited from removing or defacing containerlabels.Allemployeesshallensurethat chemicalcontainersareproperlylabeledwith:

1. Chemical name.

2. Hazard warning.

3. Name and address of manufacturer, importer or responsible party.

4. Manufacturer’s emergency telephone number.

Nochemicalwillbeusedintheworkplaceuntilithasbeeninspected,trainingconductedandSDSmadeavailableto all employees concerned. If chemicals are to be transferred to a separate container, the designated person shall ensure the new and/or secondary containers are properly labeled. Secondary labels can be an extra copy of the manufacturer’s label or a genericlabel. The user of thesecondary containershallberesponsibleforensuringthe labelliststhefollowinginformation:

1. Chemical identity.

2. Hazard warning.

3. Manufacturer.

4. Manufacturer emergency telephone number.

For help withlabeling,contactyour Supervisoror SafetyCoordinator.The Supervisor orSafetyCoordinator willreview thelabelingsystemandupdateitasrequired.Also,he/shewillensurethatpipesarelabeledproperlyandalsoinform employeesofthehazardsassociatedwiththechemicalscontainedwithinthe work area.

Safety Data Sheets

Designatedperson(s)orSafetyCoordinatorwillberesponsibleforobtainingandmaintainingtheSafetyDataSheet systemforindividualfacilitiesorfieldwork.He/ShewillreviewincomingdataSheetsfornewandsignificanthealth /safety information,andwillensurethatthenewinformationismadeavailableto affectedemployees.Copiesofall Safety Data Sheets will be kept by the designated persons(s) or Safety Representative and reviewed annually for accuracy and completeness of each Safety Data sheet.

The Safety Data Sheet shall include the following information:

• Section 1 Identification: Product identifier, manufacturer or distributor name, address, phone number, emergencyphonenumber,recommendeduse,andrestrictionsonuse.

• Section2 Hazard(s)identification: Allhazardsregardingthechemicalandrequiredlabel elements.

• Section 3 Composition/Information on ingredients: Information on chemical ingredients and trade secret claims.

• Section4 First-aidmeasures:Requiredfirstaidtreatmentforexposuretoachemicalandthe symptoms (immediateordelayed)ofexposure.

• Section 5 Fire-fighting measures: The techniques and equipment recommended for extinguishing afireinvolvingthechemicalandhazardsthatmaybecreatedduringcombustion.

• Section 6 Accidental release measures: Steps to take in the event of a spill or release involving the chemical. Includes: emergency procedures, protective equipment and proper methods of containment andcleanup.

• Section 7 Handling and storage: Precautions for safe handling and storage, including incompatibilities.

• Section8 Exposurecontrols/Personalprotection: OSHA’spermissible exposurelimits(PELs), threshold limit values (TLVs), appropriate engineering controls, and personal protective equipment (PPE).

• Section9 Physical andchemical properties: The chemical’s characteristics.

• Section 10 Stability and reactivity: Chemical stability and possible hazardous reactions.

• Section11 Toxicologicalinformation: Routesofexposure(inhalation,ingestion,orabsorption contact),symptoms,acuteandchroniceffects,andnumericalmeasuresoftoxicity.

• Section 12 Ecological information: How the chemical might affect the environment and the duration of the effect.

• Section 13 Disposal considerations describes safe handling of wastes and methods of disposal, including thedisposalofanycontaminatedpackaging.

• Section14 Transportationinformation includespacking,marking,andlabelingrequirements for hazardouschemicalshipments.

• Section 15 Regulatory information indicates regulations that apply to chemical.

• Section 16 Other information includes date of preparation or last revision.

Original SDS will be kept on file in a designated place.The Safety Data Sheet will also be a part of this program, forusebyemployees.Eachsupervisorwillkeepacurrentandup-to-datecopyoftheprogramonfile.Newchemicals shallnotbeuseduntilaSafetyDataSheethasbeenobtained.

Inventory List of Hazardous Chemicals

Purchasing or any other person(s) who order chemicals will ensure the supplier sends a SafetyData Sheet with the order. The Supervisor or Safety Coordinator will ensure Safety Data Sheets are logged and stored in the SDS binder. The original copies of these Safety Data Sheets will be maintained at the Employee Right to Know Station(s).

If any employee has a question pertaining to chemicals used in the workplace, he/EHS should see their Supervisor orSafety Representative.

Non-Routine Tasks

Beforeanynon-routinetaskisperformed,theemployeeshallbeadvisedofspecialprecautionstofollow.Non-routine jobs shall have a Certification that the unit has been decontaminated and Safety Data Sheet attached to the unit. If the employee receives no instruction, he/she should contact their supervisor immediately. In addition, the supervisor shall inform other personnel who could be exposed to this potential exposure.

In the event such tasks are required, the supervisor will provide the following information about the activity asitrelates tothespecificchemicalsexpectedtobeencountered:

1. Specific chemical names.

2. Hazards of the chemicals.

3. What personal protective equipment is required?

4. What safety measures are to be taken?

5. Emergency procedures.

6. Measuresthathavebeen taken tolessen thehazardsincluding ventilation, respiratorsand thepresenceof otheremployees.

Other Personnel Exposure (Contractors)

It will be the responsibility of Purchasing, and/or any other person(s) who contracts work to be completedby outside contractors on Southeast Building Supply Interests premises, to report to the Safety Coordinator before starting work (“Chapter2–GeneralSafetyRulesforContractors”).

It shall be the responsibility of the Safety Representative to provide other personnel or outside contractors with the following information:

1. Hazardous chemicals to which they may be exposed while in the workplace.

2. Measures to lessen the possibility of exposure.

3. Location(s) of SDS for all hazardous chemicals.

4. Procedures to follow if they are exposed.

TheSafety Representativeshallberesponsiblefor contacting each contractorbeforework beginsand findingout whatchemicalsthecontractorwillbebringingintotheworkplace,ifany.Ifemployeesareto be exposed to these chemicals, the department supervisor will inform those employees who may be affected. The supervisor will ensure required employee training is completed before such chemicals enter the workplace.

Employee Training and Information

Before a new employee starts work, he/she shall attend an orientation in the language he/she understands. The new employee’s supervisor will review the employee’s copy of the Hazard CommunicationProgramand eachSafetyDataSheetapplicabletohis/herjob.

Beforeanynewchemicalisused,allemployeesshallbeinformedofitsuse.Eachaffectedemployeewillbe instructed on the safe use and trained on the hazards of the new chemical. The specified methods to be used are videos, tapes, handoutsandSDS.

All employees will attend additional training, as appropriate, to review the hazard Communication Program andSafety DataSheets.

The minimum orientation and annual training for employees shall contain the following:

1. An overview of the requirements contained in the Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200.

2. Thechemicalspresentintheworkplacelocation,andavailabilityofthewrittenHazardCommunication Program, alsoensuringnewemployeesreceiveacopy.

3. The physical and health effects of the hazardous materials listed on the inventory list of this program.

4.Methods and observation techniques used to determine the presence or release of hazardous chemicals in the work area.

5. How to lessen or prevent exposure to these hazardous chemicals through use of control/work practices and personal protective equipment.

6.Steps taken by Southeast Building Supply Interests to lessen or prevent exposure to the chemicals listed onthe inventory list.

7. Emergency procedures to follow if exposed to any chemical.

8. Location(s) of SDS file(s).

9. The Safety Representative or designated person shall be responsible to ensure that SDS on new chemicals are available before the chemical is used. Before a new chemical is introduced into the workplace, each employee shall be given information and training as outlined above. After attending the training class, each employee will sign the class attendance roster to verify that he/EHS attended and understood the training presented.

Before employees enter an establishment or field site, the Safety Coordinator will inform what hazards he/EHS may be exposed to and take appropriate corrective action. If an employee has any questions about what protection he/EHSwillneed,theemployeewillimmediatelycontacthis/hersupervisor.

5.5 CONTINGENCY PLAN AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

PURPOSE

The purpose of this plan is to establish a system for planning, and implementation of emergency procedures. Additionally,toensureprovisionsaremadeforpromptmedicalattentionincaseofseriousinjury.Alistofemergency services providers and telephone numbers will be posted on bulletin boards and in vehicles.

PROCEDURE

To provide for the recognition, evaluation and response in the event of an emergency situation, and to provide minimumguidelinesforemployeeinvolvementinemergencypreparedness.

CONTENT OF CONTINGENCY PLAN

FacilitiesunderthedirectionofManagersandSafetyCoordinatorswillestablishanemergencyplanwithEmergency telephone numbers (Attachment 1) “Emergency Contact Telephone Numbers” and will be posted. This contingency plan will describe the action personnel must take in the event of an emergencyto include:

1. Supervising the development of plans and coordinating the planning with appropriate authorities.

2. Setting up cooperative emergency plans and arrangements with the customer’s plans, if any.

3. Consulting with local police and fire department as applicable.

4. Putting the basic procedures in written form.

5. Keeping the plan simple and up-to-date.

6. Arranging for special training of employees as needed.

7. Instructing personnel in the facility in their responsibilities in case of a fire or other emergency.

Copiesofthe ContingencyPlan

A copy of this Contingency Plan should be issued to each Manager, Shift Supervisor and Emergency Response Teamthatmaybecalledupontoprovideassistance.Thisplanshallbemadeavailabletoallemployees for review.

Notification

Thepersonfirstencounteringtheemergencyconditionshouldnotifythetelephoneoperatorandgivethelocationand description oftheemergency. Upon verification ofthe need toevacuatethe facility, the evacuationalarmwill besounded.

If the emergency situation could threaten human health or the environment, and assessment indicates evacuation of the local areas is advisable, contact local authorities using (Attachment 2). “Fire/Police Department Notification”.

Notification by Environmental, Health & Safety Department

Whentheemergencysituationisundercontrol,clean-uporneutralizationcanbeginusingappropriatetools,safety equipment,andoutsideservicesasnecessary,dependingonthetypeofemergency.Allhazardousmaterialsmust be cleaned up, stored properly or hauled to an appropriate dumpsite for disposal. Before normal operations beginagain,alltolls,emergencyequipmentanddevicesmustbe operationalandreadyforuse.

Notificationwillbemadetolocal,stateorfederalagencieswithin15daysafteranemergencythatrequiresimplementing the Contingency Plan. A written report must be completed and sent to local, state or federal agencies, and a copy be keptonfile.Thereportmust containthefollowing:

1. Owner’s name, address and telephone number.

2. Company name, address and telephone number.

3. Date,timeandtypeofemergency.

4. Name and quantity of materials involved.

5. Extentofinjuries,ifany.

6. Assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, if applicable.

7. Estimated quantity and disposition of waste resulting from the emergency.

Emergency Coordinator

Southeast Building Supply Interests will, at all times, have one employee designated as an Emergency Coordinator. Thisemployeewilleitherbeonthefacilitypremisesoron-callandabletoreachthesiteoftheemergency within a short period of time. The Manager on duty will be designated as the Emergency Coordinator. This Emergency Coordinator should be thoroughly familiar with aspects of the facility, the location and characteristics of materialshandled,andthelocationofallrecordsregardingthefacility/plant.

Emergency Procedures

Whenever there is an actual emergency situation, such as a major spill or fire, the Emergency Coordinator shall immediately:

1. Sound alarm and evacuate as per established and posted route(s).

2. Southeast Building Supply Interestsemployeesarenotallowedtoperformrescueduties.Intheeventthat rescueis needed the local authorities shall be notified (Attachment 2).

3. No employees are to remain in the building.

4. Take employee headcount at designed assembly area.

5. Call the Manager/Safety Coordinator and the Safety, Health & Environmental Department immediately.

6. Complete all reports and forward to the Safety, Health & Environmental Department.

7. Do not make any statements to, or discuss the situation at hand with the media. Advise the media representatives that Southeast Building Supply Interests management is end route to the site and a spokesperson will releaseastatementoncetheyareinapositiontodoso.

The “Impact Assessment Checklist” (Attachment 3) can be completed after the initial emergency. This checklist willenablethefacilitytoassesstheimpactoftheincident.

Fire Emergency, Explosion or Material Spill

If a fire is discovered or an explosion occurs, the supervisor must:

1.Remove their people from the immediate area of the fire and evacuate to their pre-designated safe area.

2. Notify the telephone operator to sound the alarm (or call 911 as instructed), stating the location of the fire and whatisburningortheactual emergency.Thennotify the Manager/Safety Coordinatorof the emergency.

3. Take a headcount of employees at the assigned assembly area to ensure they are all there.

4. Returntothefireandattempttoextinguishitonlyifyouhavebeentrainedtodoso.

5. Assign anemployeeto meetand directthefiredepartmenttothelocation ofthefire.

6. Ifamaterialspilloccursinadditiontotheabovesteps,makeeveryefforttocontainthespilltoassmallanareaas possiblewithoutfurtherendangermenttohumanhealthortheenvironment.

Earthquake

Employee’sResponsibilities

DuringtheEarthquake:

1. Get at least 15 feet away from windows.

2. Find shelter under a sturdy structure.

3. Stay away from free-standing objects.

4. Donotpanicorattempttoevacuate.

After the Earthquake

1. Stay put until the supervisor tells you to return to your work area or evacuate to the pre-designated assembly area until the “all clear” is given. An initial shock usually lasts less than a minute, but other jolts may come soon after.

2. Aboveall,donotpanic.Dependingontheseverityoftheearthquake,thelightsmayfailorfiremay breakout. Expecttheunexpected.

3. Iftheearthquakeresultsinfireorinjuries,followtheappropriateprocedureforthespecificproblem.

Supervisor’s Responsibilities

1. Inspect the site for any possible hazardous conditions, i.e., fires, electrical shorts, plumbing leaks, structural damages,etc.

2. Determine casualties, provide any assistance possible, and review with the safety coordinator informationandstatustomakenotificationtothe emergency serviceasneeded.

3. Notify theofficeofyoursituationandstatus.

DONOT ATTEMPTANEVACUATION OF AREA UNLESSORDERED BY THE LOCAL FIRE OR POLICE DEPARTMENT.

Emergency Coordinator Responsibilities

Whenthereisanimminentoractualemergencyatthefacility,theEmergencyCoordinatororoneofthealternates will immediately:

1. Notify all personnel and evacuate the buildings.

2. NotifytheFireDepartmentiftherehelpmightbeneeded.

3. Makeeveryreasonableefforttocontainthefireormaterialspilltoassmallanareaaspossibleandkeep incompatible materialsseparatedwithoutfurtherendangermenttohumanhealthortheenvironment.

4. Identify what caused the emergency, exact source and amount of released materials.

5. Assess all possible hazards tohuman health or the environment, consideringdirect and indirect effects oftherelease, fireorexplosionsuchastoxicorirritatinggasses,waterrunofffromchemicalagentsusedtocontroltheemergency, etc.

HAZARDS AND PREVENTION

Fire and Explosion Hazards

There are three (3) elements necessary for a fire:

1. Fuel; Combustible materials, i.e., wall coverings, paper products, furniture, etc. Flammable liquids, i.e., paints, thinners,lacquers,gasolineandothers

2. Heat; Sufficient to raise the material to its ignition temperature. Primary causes can be cigarette smoking, electricalfires,greasefireandfirecausedbyexplosions.

3. Oxygen; there must be sufficient oxygen in the air to keep the chemical reaction of a fire burning.

Fire and Explosion Prevention

Each supervisor will be responsible for the following fire prevention activities:

1.Makeroutineinspectionsoffirepreventionandprotectionsystemsregularlyandkeepingoodoperatingcondition.

2. Review evacuation routes as applicable withemployees on a regularbasis for each workarea. Followthe designatedroutesandknowthepre-designatedsafeareaspreviouslyestablished.

3. Train key employees, if necessary, in the use of fire protection equipment (extinguishers, hose, etc.).

4. Be familiar with known hazards inside and outside any building, which may affect your operations.

5. Coordinatorwiththepublicfiredepartmentonpre-fireplans,trainingandevacuationprocedures,as they may apply.

FireExtinguishersandEquipment General

Requirements

Portablefireextinguishersmustbemaintainedinafullychargedandoperableconditionandkeptintheir designated placesatalltimeswhentheyarenotbeingused.

Extinguishers must be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use.

The selection of fire extinguishers for a given situation will depend upon the characteristics of a potential fire, the construction and occupancy of the individual property, the vehicle or hazard to be protected, ambienttemperatureconditionsandotherfactors.

Thenumberofextinguishersrequiredmustbedetermined by referencetothelayoutcriteriaincludedinthis Manual.

Only UL or FM-approved fire extinguishers are permitted. Only employees who have been trained in their proper use are permitted to use fire extinguishers.

Maintenance

At least monthly, or when specifically indicated by an inspection, extinguishers must be thoroughly examinedand/orrechargedorrepairedtoensureoperabilityandsafety,orreplacedasneeded.

Extinguishers removed from their locations to be recharged must be tagged and replaced during the period they are gone.

Each extinguishers must have a durable tag securely attached to show the maintenance or recharge date, andtheinitial orsignatureofthepersonwhoperformsthisservice.

Flammables and Combustible Materials

Flammable liquid containers must be clearly labeled and stored in a protected, separate area.

Flammable liquids must be used only in small quantities and inapproved (UL or FM). self-closing containers. Donot refuelahotorrunningengine.Cleanupspillsbeforere-starting.

Never use gasoline as a cleaner or solvent. Anyone who may do so is subject to immediate discharge. Only use approvedcontainersforthetransportationofflammableliquids,especiallygasoline.

Never use machines to pump flammables out of barrels.

Scrap Receptacle – Type, Location and Use

This procedure outlines types, locations and use of containers for trash, scrap metal and similar materials.

Type

All receptacles must be constructed of metal or other type containers of nonflammable materials.

Paperorpasteboardcartons,woodenboxedorcratesandsimilar-typecontainersmustnotbeusedforcollection of combustible materials.

Receptacleslocatedoutsideofbuildingsforcombustibletrash mustbelocatedatleast 15feetfromthe buildingor combustiblematerials.

Use

Employees mustbeinstructed tousetrashreceptaclesforthedisposal for paper, lunch remnantsand allsmallscraps ofcombustiblenature.

Cigarette and cigar butts, matches, etc., should never be thrown in trash receptacles.

Glass (broken, empty jars, etc.) scrap metal and similar materials should be placed in special trash containers orwrappedinpaperbeforebeingplacedinthetrash.

Specific Hazards

Smoking

Smoking is permitted in designated areas only. Do not use ashtrays as waste paper receptacles, and do not use waste paperreceptaclesasashtrays.

Electrical

Make sure that all electricalcords are notfrayed and that the connections with the receptacles and the machinery areintact.Donotoverloadwiring.Ifcordsbecomewarm,thisisthefirstsignofapossible overload.

Housekeeping

Donotallowexcesspaperorcombustibleproductstopileupintheopennearequipment, or buildings.

Donotallowmaterialsorboxestobeplacedinthewayofexittravel.Keep materialsawayfromaccesstoelectricalpanels.

TRAINING

Allemployeesaretobetrainedintheemergencypreparednessplan.Areviewoftheemergencyactionplanshould occurwithemployeeswhenthefollowingoccur:

• Upon initial development or the employee is assigned initially to a new job.

• When an employee’s responsibilities change under the plan.

• When the plan is changed or modified in any way.

Contact information is provided on attachment 1 for employees who need additional information regarding theirrespectiveduties.

ATTACHMENT 1 -- EMERGENCY CONTACT TELEPHONE NUMBERS

ENVIRONMENTAL,

DEPARTMENT

CUSTOMER

ATTACHMENT 2 FIRE/POLICE DEPARTMENT NOTIFICATION

Whenplacinganemergencycalltoauthorities,givethefollowinginformation,completeformas soonaspossibleandgivetoManager/SafetyCoordinator:

INFORMATION COMPLETE ASAP

Your name and telephone number.

Company name and address.

Time and type of incident.

Name and quantity of materials.

Extent of injuries, if any.

Possible hazards to others or the environment.

Forward to the Safety, Health & Environmental Department as soon as possible.

ATTACHMENT 3 -- IMPACT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST

This checklist has been prepared as an aid in assessing the impact of a fire, explosion, earthquakeor spillbynotingitemsforconsiderationthatmaybeoverlookedintimesofcrisis.Itisnotacomplete checklist,aseachfacilityhasitsuniquecharacteristics,butisonly a review of the most frequently overlooked considerations. (The checklist should be based on each individual site. This is a basic guide to assist in establishing a checklist for each site.)

1. Did the incident release any hazardous materials into the environment?

2. Istherethepossibilitythatfire-fightingwaterorchemicalsmaycomeincontactwith hazardousmaterialandproduceacontaminatedrun-off?

3. What characteristics are possessed by either spilled material or contaminated runoff?

Non-Hazardous

Intangible

Corrosive

Toxic

Reactive

4. Aretherecontaminantbermstopreventmaterialorrun-offfrombeingreleasedinto the outside environment?

5. Canthematerialorrun-offflowfromthesiteintoditches,streetsorstormsewers?

6. Aretherefloordrainsintheareaoftheincident,whichwillpermitmaterialorrun-off to enterthesewagecollectionsystem?

7.Is therethepossibilityofdifferent,incompatiblematerialscomingintocontacteither through direct spill or run-off?

8. Have the above considerations been discussed with management?

Signature - Emergency Coordinator Date Completed

5.6 SOUTHEAST BUILDINGSUPPLYINTERESTS HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM

PURPOSE

"ItisthepolicyofSoutheastBuildingSupplyIntereststomaintainasafeandhealthyworkenvironment.Managers and supervisors are responsible for the establishment and maintenance of good health and safety practices". OSHA regulationrequiresemployerstoprovideemployeeswithproperprotectionagainsttheeffectsofnoiseexposurewhen sound levels exceed an 8-hour time weighted average (TWA) of 90 dBA (Permissible ExposureLevel).

The protective measures may be provided either through engineering or administrative controls. If these control measures fail to reduce the noise within the acceptable limits, personal protective equipment shall be provided and used. Additionally, whenever employee noise exposures equal or exceed an 8-hour (TWA) sound level of 85 dBA (action level),theemployershalldevelopandadministeraHearingConservation Program.

Occupational noise can cause hearing loss, and increase the worker's susceptibility to other workplace problems includingphysicalandpsychologicaldisorders,interferencewithspeechandcommunication, anddisruptionofjob performance associated with excessive noise intensities. This exposure to noise produces hearing loss of a neural type involving injury to the inner ear hair cells. The loss of hearing maybe temporary or permanent. Brief exposure causes atemporary loss.Repeatedexposuretohighnoise levelswillcauseapermanentloss.

Permanenthearinglossispreventablewiththecontinueduseofproperhearingprotectionandreductionofworkplace noise levels to below 85 decibels. This will benefit not only employees who can listen and communicate well throughout their lifetimes, but also helps the Company in terms of reduced exposure to hearing loss compensation claimsandapotentialforincreasedgeneralsafetyandjobperformance.

Requirementsoutlinedinthisprogramaremandatorybyregulationwheretheword"shall"isusedandareadvisory innaturewheretheword"should"isused.

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

The objective of Southeast Building Supply Interests Hearing Conservation Program (HCP) is to prevent permanent noise inducedhearinglossresultingfromon-the-jobnoiseexposureandtocomplywithTitle8oftheCaliforniaCode of Regulations, Sections 5095-5100 and Code of Federal Regulations 29 CFR-1910.95.

Southeast Building Supply InterestsHearingConservation Programincludes:

• Noise surveys

• Hearingprotection

• Employee education and training

• Record keeping

SCOPE

ThisHearingConservationProgramappliestoallSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsemployeeswhoaredetermined toequalorexceedtheActionLevelestablishedbyOSHA.

DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

Action Level: An 8-hour time-weighted average of 85 decibels A-weighted (85 dBA 8-hr TWA) established byOSHA

Administrative Controls: Methods that limit an employee’s exposure time to noise. This includes assigning the employee to less noisy areas in the workplace for a certain length of time so the employee shall not exceed the actionlevel.

Continuous Noise: Noise levels that vary with intervals of one second or less.

Decibels (dB): A measure of the sound level (loudness). The decibel scale is a logarithmic scale; as an example, a 90dBnoiseistentimeslouderthanan80dBnoise.

Decibels, A-Weighted (dBA): The A weighted is the scale used for most occupational noise measurements. The A weightingapproximatestherangeofhumanhearingbyreducingtheeffectsoflowerandhigher frequencynoises withrespecttothemediumfrequencies.

Decibels, C-Weighted (dBC): The C weighted scale filters include both high and low frequency noise and areusedfor impactnoiseandintheselectionofhearingprotection.

Engineering Controls: May include purchasing quieter equipment using barriers, damping, isolating, muffling, installing noise adsorption material, mechanical isolation, variations in force, pressure or driving speed or any combinationofmethodstodecreasenoiselevels.

Frequency: A sound's pitch measured in hertz (Hz); high pitches are high frequency sounds.

HearingConservationProgram(HCP):Programestablishedwhenemployeesareexposedtonoiseexceeding the ActionLevel.Programmustincludenoisesurveys,audiometrictesting,hearingprotectors, training,andrecordkeeping requirements.

HearingProtectionDevices(HPD's):Personal protective equipment thatisdesigned tobeworninthe ear canal or over the ear to reduce the sound level reaching the eardrum. Examples include earmuffs or plugs.

Hertz (Hz): A unit of measurement of frequency, expressed as cycles per second.

Impulse/Impact Noise: Noise that is a sharp burst of sound, generally less than one-half second in duration, that does notrepeatitselfmorethanoncepersecond.

Noise: Unwanted sound.

Noise Dosimeter: An instrument worn by an individual that integrates the sound level exposure over a period of time.

Noise Reduction Rating (NRR): The Noise Reduction Rating of hearing protection devices (HPD) indicates the theoreticalamountofreductionofnoiselevelsthatcanbeachievediftheHPDisworncorrectly.Thisratingisshown ontheHPDpackaging.

Otolaryngologist:Aphysicianspecializingindiagnosisandtreatmentofdisordersofthethroat.

PermissibleExposureLimit(PEL): 90dBA8-hrTWA.

Pitch: Another term for sound frequency. Higher pitches are higher frequency sounds.

Representative Exposure: Measurements of an employee's noise dose or 8- hour time weighted average soundlevel thatisrepresentativeoftheexposuresofotheremployeesintheworkplace.

Sound: A vibration or pressure oscillation that is detectable by the eardrum.

Sound Level Meter: An instrument used for the measurement of noise in sound level surveys.

Speech Interference Levels (SILs): The frequencies most associated with speech, which are the 500-4000 Hz (frequency) range.Vowels(a,e,i,o,u)arelowfrequencysounds(below2000Hz)andconsonants(b,c,d, etc) are high frequency sounds. The low frequencies are the least affected by noise. If the high frequenciesareaffected,t's andp'sors'sandf'smaybeeasilyconfused.

Standard Threshold Shift (STS): An average shift from the baseline measurement in either ear of 10 dB or more at 2000,3000and4000Hz.Thesefrequenciesarethemostimportantfrequenciesincommunication andthemostsensitive todamagebyindustrialnoiseexposure.

Time-WeightedAverageSoundLevel(8-hrTWA):Thatsoundlevel,whichifconstantoveran8-hourexposure, wouldresultinthesamenoisedosemeasuredinanenvironmentwherenoiselevelvaries.

Threshold of Pain: A noise level of 120 dB causes pain.

SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES

These procedures outline the responsibility and authority of those in charge to ensure continuous monitoring of noise levels and ensure appropriate hearing protection is provided to employees. Managers or designated person shallberesponsiblefor:

Notifying, Safety Health, Environmental (EHS) of noise complaints, potential noise hazards, or equipment changesthat mayalternoiseexposures.

Administering a continuing effective Hearing Conservation Program.

Ensuring that employees exposed to noise levels of 85 decibels or higher for long periods of time are a part of this program.

Ensuring that employees are provided with hearing protectors when required.

Ensuring that noise-hazardous equipment/areas are properly labeled or posted (greater than or equal to 85-dBA operatingnoiselevel).

Enforcing the use of hearing protectors or noise reduction procedures in the designated areas/assignments.

Ensuring new employee HCP orientation/training and annual refresher HCP training of employees is provided to all potentially overexposed personnel.

Postcopy ofoccupationalnoiseregulation(CaliforniaCodeofRegulation,Title8,Sections5096-5100,Article 105)

Maintaining the following records:

o Name and job classification of the employee in the HCP

o Noise exposure assessments from EHS

o Training documentation

Shall develop and implement an integrated noise measurement-monitoring program that shall record intermittentand explosivesoundlevelsfrom80decibels to130decibels.

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SAFETY COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES

Administering the Hearing Conservation Program.

Workplaceandemployeenoiseevaluation.

Noise assessment to determine if administrative and engineering controls are needed and how they should be implemented.

Identification of areas or processes that require noise abatement and/or posting.

Evaluation and periodic re-evaluation of employees' exposure, by job classification, to determine which job titlesneed tobeincludedintheHearingConservationProgram.

Maintaining records of employee exposure measurements. Providing comprehensive annualtraining onHCPandHPDs.

Assist employees in selecting the proper HPDs and provide instruction on their use.

EMPLOYEES RESPONSIBILITIES

Wearing hearing protection devices and following any noise reduction procedures as required. Storingand maintainingHPDsinacleanandsanitarymanner.

Reporting noise hazards and hearing protector problems to their supervisor. Attending requiredtrainingsessionsonHCP.

Noise Exposures - When employees are subjected to sounds exceeding those levels listed below, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within

the levels listed below, personal protective equipment shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels within the level of the table.

PROGRAM COMPONENTS

Noise Level Notification - After the completion of the sound level testing, a list of those areas shall be posted withthedegreeofhearingprotectionrequired,ifany.

Noise Surveys/Monitoring - A hazard assessment of sound level testing (noise survey) shall be conducted in suspected high noise areas of the job to allow the identification of employees for inclusion in the Hearing Conservation Program andtoenabletheproperselectionofhearingprotection.

Noise dosimeter testing will be conducted in areas found to have high noise.

This test will be conducted to determine the amount of employee exposure. All continuous, intermittent and impulsivesoundlevelsfrom80to130dBAshallbeintegratedintothecomputationofan8-hrTWA.

Noiselevelmonitoringshallberepeatedwhenanychangesoccurinproduction,process,equipment,controlsthat mightrenderthehearingprotectorsinadequate,orrequireadditionalemployeestobe included intheprogram.

Noiselevelmonitoringshallberepeatedifthereductioninnoiselevelsprovidedbyhearingprotectionbeingused mightberenderedinadequatetomeettherequirementsofthepermissiblenoiseexposure levels.

Facilitiesand/oroutsideworkareasshallbecontinuouslymonitoredandappropriatehearingprotection provided.

Employees exposed at or above the action level shall be notified of the results of the monitoring.

Employees' noise exposure shall be reassessed periodically as needed (i.e. following changes in processes, job responsibilities,equipmentorwhenaSTSisdetermined).

EMPLOYEE NOTIFICATION

Affected employees shall be provided the opportunity to observe any noise level measurements conducted. Acopyofthenoiselevel-monitoringtestshallbepostedontheemployeebulletinboard.

HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES

• Employees exposed to noise levels at or above an 8-hour TWA of 90 dBA shall wear hearing protectors.

• Hearing protectors shall be available to all employees exposed to noise levels at or above the action levelof85 dBA,8-hrTWA,atnocosttotheemployees.

• Employees shall be given the opportunity to select their hearing protectors from a variety of suitable types.

• Proper initial fitting and supervision of the correct use of hearing protectors shall be provided.

• Hearingprotectorattenuationshallbeevaluatedforthespecificnoiseenvironmentsinwhichtheprotector will be used.

• The methodsusedfor measuringattenuation shallbeoneofthefour methodsdescribed inCCRTitle8, Section5098&29CFR1910.95.

• Hearing protectors must attenuate the noise level to an 8-hour TWA of 90 dBA or less.

• For employees who have experienced a standard threshold shift, the attenuation must reduce the soundlevel toan8-hourTWAof85dBAorless.

• Re-evaluation of hearing protectors shall be done whenever a workplace noise level increase renders thehearingprotector'sattenuationinadequate.

• Workplacesinwhichthenoiselevelexceeds85dBAshallhavesignsposted.Signsshallread "Hearing ProtectorsRequired".

PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURES

Ifthevariationsinnoiselevelinvolvethemaximumatintervalsof1secondorless,itistobeconsideredcontinuous. Thepermissiblenoiseexposurelevelsareasfollows:

EMPLOYEE EDUCATION AND TRAINING

Annual training is required for all employees exposed to noise at or above an 8- hour TWA of 85 dBA. Training shallbeupdatedconsistenttochangesinPPEandworksprocessesandincludetheproper techniquesofwearing hearingprotection.

The training shall cover the following information:

o The effects of noise on hearing.

o The purpose, advantages, disadvantages, and attenuation of various types of hearing protectors.

o Instructionofproper fittingand careofprotectors.

o The purpose and procedures of audiometric testing.

Copies of the occupational noise regulation (CCR Title 8, Section 5096-5100, Article 105) shall be available to affected employees and theirrepresentatives. A copyofthe regulation shall be posted inthe workplace for California facilities.

Any informational materials pertaining to this standard that are supplied by OSHA shall be available to the affected employees.

1 -- HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM EVALUATION

Training and Education

Failuresordeficienciesinhearingconservationprograms(hearinglosspreventionprograms)can often be traced to inadequacies in the training and education of noise-exposed employees andthosewhoconduct elementsoftheprogram. YES NO

Has training been conducted at least once a year?

Did a qualified instructor provide the training?

Is the content revised periodically?

Are managers and supervisors directly involved?

Are posters, regulations, handouts, and employee newsletters used as supplements?

Are personal counseling sessions conducted for employees having problems with hearing protection devices or showing hearing threshold shifts?

Supervisor Involvement

Data indicate that employees who refuse to wear hearing protectors or who fail to show up for hearing tests frequently work for supervisors who are not totally committed to the hearing loss prevention programs.

YES NO

Have supervisors been provided withthe knowledge requiredto supervise the use and careofhearing protectors by subordinates?

Do supervisors wear hearing protectors in appropriate areas?

Have supervisors been counseled whenemployeesresist wearing protectors or fail to show up forhearing tests?

Are disciplinary actions enforced when employees repeatedly refuse to wear hearing protectors?

NoiseMeasurement

Fornoisemeasurementstobeuseful,theyneedtoberelatedtonoiseexposurerisksortheprioritizationof noisecontrolefforts,ratherthanmerely filedaway.Inaddition,theresultsneedtobecommunicatedto theappropriatepersonnel,especially whenfollow-upactionsarerequired.

Were the essential/critical noise studies performed?

Wasthe purpose ofeachnoise studyclearly stated? Have noise-exposedemployees been notifiedoftheir exposures and apprised of auditory risks?

Arethe results routinely transmittedto supervisorsand other keyindividuals?

Are results entered into individual employee shop folders?

Are noise measurement results considered when contemplating procurement of new equipment? Modifying the facility? Relocating employees?

Havethere been changes in areas, equipment,or processes that have altered noise exposure? Have follow-up noise measurements been conducted?

Are appropriate steps taken to include (or exclude) employees in the hearing loss prevention programs whose exposureshavechangedsignificantly?

Engineering and Administrative Controls

Controllingnoisebyengineeringandadministrativemethodsisoftenthemosteffectivemeansof reducingoreliminatingthehazard.Insomecases,engineeringcontrolswillremoverequirementsfor othercomponentsoftheprogram,suchasaudiometrictestingandtheuseofhearing protectors.

YES NO

CONSERVATION PROGRAM

Have noise control needs been prioritized?

Are employees and supervisors apprised of plans for noise control measures? Are they consulted on various approaches?

Will in-house resources or outside consultants perform the work?

Have employees and supervisors been counseled on the operation and maintenance of noise control devices?

Are noise control projects monitored to ensure timely completion?

Has the full potential for administrative controls been evaluated?

Are noisy processes conducted during shifts with fewer employees?

Record Keeping

Records of audiometric test results shall be retained for the duration of the affected employee’s employment

Are records complete?

Are follow-up actions documented?

Are the annual test results compared to baseline to identify the presence of an OSHA standard threshold shift?

Are the results of audiometric tests being communicated to supervisors and managers as well as to employees?

Referrals

Referrals to outside medical facility for consultation or treatment YES NO

Are referral procedures clearly specified?

Have mechanisms been established to ensure that employees needing evaluation or treatment actually receive the service (i.e., transportation, scheduling, and reminders)?

Are records properly transmitted to the physician or audiologist, and back to the company?

If medical treatment is recommended, does the employee understand the condition requiring treatment, the recommendation, and methods of obtaining such treatment?

Are employees being referred unnecessarily?

Hearing Protection Devices

Whennoisecontrolmeasuresareinfeasible,oruntiltheyareinstalled,hearingprotectiondevices arethe onlywaytopreventhazardouslevelsofnoisefromdamagingtheinnerear.Makingsurethatthese devicesareworneffectivelyrequirescontinuousattentiononthepartofsupervisorsandprogram implementersaswellasnoise-exposedemployees.

Have hearing protectors been made available to all employees whose daily average noise exposures are 85 dBA or above? (NIOSH recommends requiring HPD use if noises equal or exceed 85 dBA regardless of exposure time.)

Are employees given the opportunity to select from a variety of appropriate protectors?

Are employees fitted carefully with special attention to comfort?

Are employees thoroughly trained, not only initially but at least once a year?

Are the protectors checked regularly for wear or defects, and replaced immediately if necessary?

If employees use disposable hearing protectors, are replacements readily available?

Do employees understand the appropriate hygiene requirements?

Have any employees developed ear infections or irritations associated with the use of hearing protectors?

Are there any employees who are unable to wear these devices because of medical conditions?

Have these conditions been treated promptly and successfully?

Have alternative types of hearing protectors been considered when problems with current devices are experienced?

Do employees who incur noise-induced hearing loss receive intensive counseling?

Are those who fit and supervise the wearing of hearing protectors competent to deal with the many problems that can occur?

Do workers complain that protectors interfere with their ability to do their jobs?

Do they interfere with spoken instructions or warning signals?

Are these complaints followed promptly with counseling, noise control, or other measures?

Are employees encouraged to take their hearing protectors home if they engage in noisy non-occupational activities?

Are new types of or potentially more effective protectors considered as they become available?

Is the effectiveness of the hearing protector program evaluated regularly?

Have at-the-ear protection levels been evaluated to ensure that either over or under protection has been adequately balanced according to the anticipated ambient noise levels?

Is each hearing protector user required to demonstrate that he or she understands how to use and care for the protector?

The results documented?

Administrative

Keeping organized and current on administrative matters will help the program run smoothly.

Havetherebeen any changesinfederalorstateregulations?

Have hearing loss prevention program’s policies been modified to reflect these changes

Arecopiesofcompanypoliciesandguidelinesregardingthehearinglossprevention programavailableintheofficesthatsupportthevariousprogramelements?

Arethosewhoimplementtheprogramelementsawareofthesepolicies? Do they comply?

Arenecessary materialsandsuppliesbeingorderedwithaminimumofdelay?

Safety:Has thefailuretohear warning shoutsoralarms beentiedto any accidents orinjuries?

Ifso,haveremedialstepsbeentaken?

ATTACHMENT 2 -- HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR

Program Administrator:

Date Assigned:

Theprogramadministratorwillbeknowledgeableofthisprogramandwillensurethesafety ofemployeesandcompliancewithstateandfederalrulesandregulations:

1. Develop and implement this program.

2.Conduct noise surveys to identify high noise areas and perform employee exposuremonitoringtoidentify employeescoveredunderthisprogram.

3. Develop and deliver or arrange training covered under this program.

4. Assist in implementing and complying with this program.

5.Assist withtheselection,fittingandevaluatingtheattenuationofhearing protectors.

6.Perform follow-up procedures as required when a Standard Threshold Shift (STS) hasbeenreported.

7.Maintain a list of Southeast Building Supply Interests employees included in the Hearing Conservation Program (HCP)andnoiseexposurerecords.

8. Evaluate program effectiveness and update the program as necessary.

9. Conduct annual audit for compliance with this program.

10. Ensure hearing protection is readily available.

11. For assistance, contact EHS&T Department.

All other duties and responsibilities associated with this program as directed by the Manager.

Manager Signature

ProgramAdministratorSignature

Date Date

5.7 SAFETY SIGNS

PURPOSE

Signs are used to prevent accidents, give directions, or identify safety devices (i.e., fire extinguishers, eye washstations, etc.)andlocationsofexitsoremergencyexits.Theyarecommonintheworkareas,alongtheroadside,andinpublic buildings. OSHA defines signs as “the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations where hazards exist.” OSHA has some specific requirements for signs to alert employees of potential hazards. Effective use of these markings to warn employees depends upon their ability to catch the attention of the worker even under emergency conditions and be immediately and clearly understood. Sections 1910.144 “Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards” and 1910.145 “Specifications for Incident Prevention Signs and Tags” require the useofseveraltechniquestoimprovetheeffectivenessofwarningsigns.Color-coding,keywords,symbolsandconsistent application ofthe same signtothe samehazard are aimedatminimizingconfusion andproducingquicker, surer response. The requirements are in place to make sure that hazard warnings are easy to recognize and don’t vary from workplace to workplace. The following information provides a look at different types of signs, what they mean andhowtheyshouldbeused.

RESPONSIBILITIES

There are a variety of responsibilities associated with this procedure including what management must do toensurethe safetyoftheemployees,tothesupervisor’srole,andfinally,thatoftheemployee.

Management has a responsibility to:

1.Ensure allapplicable machinery, hazards, and emergency equipment (i.e., fire extinguishers, eye wash stations, firstaidkit,etc.)andexitsareproperlyidentified.

2. Provide training to employees, as applicable, on the meaning of the various signs.

Supervisors have a responsibility to:

1. Train assigned employees on the specific meaning of signs in their work areas.

2. Routinely monitor/inspect to ensure signs remain in place and are readily identifiable.

3. Immediately correct any sign deficiencies.

The responsibilities of employees include:

1. Paying attention to all signs in the work area or on the road.

2. Reporting missing, illegible or damaged signs to supervisors immediately.

3. Knowing the dangers associated with each sign, or the instructions or meaning that each sign conveys.

4. Practicing good housekeeping in the areas where signs are located so as not to hide, damage or obliterate them.

5. Notifyingyoursupervisorimmediatelywhenyouhaveconcernsorproblemsrecognizinganyofthecolorsor understanding the application of the sign.

6. Help to ensure that fellow workers or visitors recognize and follow all signs.

Terms and Definitions

Section 1910.144, “Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards” states that the color red is the basic colorforthe identification of danger and stop and yellow is used to designate caution. Application for the color red under this section primarily addresses safety cans or other containers of flammable liquids with flashpoints below 80 degrees F or emergency stop bars on hazardous machines, or the stop buttons orelectrical switchesforemergency stopping as well asdanger signs. Under this section, yellow is used tomarkphysicalhazardssuchasstrikingagainst,stumbling, falling,trippingandcaught-in-between.

Section 1910.145, “Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags” apply to the design, application anduseof signs and symbols to indicate and define hazards that could, if not so indicated, lead to accidental injury of employeesorthepublic,orboth,ortopropertydamage.

Note: Theyapplytoallsafetysignsexceptthoseforstreets,highways,railroadsandmarineregulations.Theydonot applytoplantbulletinboardsorsafetyposters.

Thefollowing definitionsarespecifiedbyOSHAandprovidedtohelp ensurethatallemployeeshavethesamebasis forunderstandingtermsassociatedwiththissubject.

Sign

A sign means a surface having letters or markings to safeguard workers or the public exposed to hazards. Excludedare newsreleases,safetypostersandemployeebulletins.

Danger

Danger signs must only be used where an immediate hazard exists. These signs must be red, black (or contrasting color), and white with room for words or symbols to describe the danger. Common in areas where high voltages existandwhereautomatically-startingequipmentisinuse.Therearemanymore hazardsthatwarranttheuseofa Danger sign.Employeesmustbeinstructedthatthesesignsindicate immediatedangerandspecialprecautionsare necessary.

Warning

Warning signs are orange and black (or contrasting color) lettering and symbols. They are used to warn against hazards that aren’t quite as serious as those requiring the use of a Danger sign. However, they are more serious than those requiring the use of a Caution sign. Warning signs may alert us to forklift traffic or similar hazards.

Caution

Caution signs must be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe work practices. Caution signs are predominately yellow with a black (or contrasting color) panel at the top of the sign. The work Caution writteninyellowappearsonthepanel.Thelowerpartofthesignisusedfor additional wording, which must be written in black (or contrasting color). Caution signs warn of numerous hazards everything from slippery floors to reminding us to wear safety glasses. Even traffic signals take a cuefromtheyellowcautionsignastheywarn us to be careful on the road. Employees must be instructed that these signs indicate a possible hazard against which properprecautionsshouldbetaken.

Biological Hazards

The biohazard sign is fluorescent orange or orange-red with letters or symbols in contrasting color. The biohazard signalertsustothepresenceorpotentialpresenceofbloodorotherbiologicalhazards.Theyalsoidentifyequipment, containers,rooms, materials, etc.,thatcontainorarecontaminatedwith,viable hazardousagents.

Radiation Hazards

Radiation hazards are identified with a sign bearing the familiar three-bladed radiation symbol in black ormagenta, orredon ayellowbackground.

Safety Instruction

Safety instruction signs are used to provide us with information about safety. They are not used to warn against specific hazards. These green and white signs remind you to report accidents, help locate first-aid equipment, and direct you along an evacuation route. Be familiar withthe various safety color codes used andtheirapplication.Itcouldsave your life or at the very least prevent serious injury. If you have any concerns or problems recognizing any of the colors or understanding their application, notify your supervisor immediately. Thefollowing are the major safetycolorcodesusedonsafetyinstructionsigns:

1. Safety Green – applied to non-hazardous parts of machine and equipment surfaces, like nameplates and bearing surfaces. They designate safe areas of equipment and are used to show location of safety equipment and first aid.

2. Safety Yellow – applied to operating levers, wheel handles and hazardous parts that may cause stumbling, falling,snaggingortripping.Theydesignatecaution.

3.SafetyOrange–appliedtoelectricalswitches,interiorsurfacesofdoors,fusesandelectricalpowerboxesandmovable guards and parts. They indicate dangerous parts of equipment that may cut, crush, shock or otherwisephysicallyinjure someone.

4. SafetyRed-appliedtobuttonsorleversofelectricalswitchesusedforstoppingmachineryandtoallequipment, suchasgasolinecans,whichareafirehazard.Theydesignatefirehazardandfirefighting equipment.

5. Safety Blue – used to identify equipment that is being repaired or is defective and should not be operated. Itdesignates“outofservice”or“defective”.

6. Safety Ivory–applied tolabeledges,visejaws,and edges ofatoolrest whereextralightreflection is important. Itisusedtoshowtoolandequipmentmovingedgesmoreclearly.

7. Safety Black on Safety Yellow – applied to areas where radiation is a factor or danger. It designates radiation hazards.

8. Safety Black, Safety White and Safety Yellow – applied to floors for safety lanes and location of housekeeping supplies. The single or combination use of these colors is used to identify traffic flow and housekeepingzones.

DoNot Start

“Do Not Start” signs or tags are placed at the starting mechanism on machines which would be hazardous should the equipment be energized. These signs usually have white or gray letters in a red square on a white or gray background.

SUMMARY

Though signs are never a substitute for good safety procedures and training, they are useful to remind us of hazards and ways we can protect against them. Always take seriously the information on a sign whether in the workplace or on the road. Understanding signs and the hazards they warn us about can help prevent injuriesandsavelives.

5.8 SAFE LIFTING TECHNIQUES

PURPOSE

The purpose of this procedure is to provide information regarding the proper way to lift objects to avoid back problems. To avoid injuries the company established a lifting limit of 60 pounds. Above 60 lbs additional personneland/ormaterialshandlingequipmentarerequired.

Sprains and strains are the most common causes of lower back pain. The largest single and most frequent causeofback injuries is incorrect lifting of heavy or awkward objects. It is important for all office workers, mechanics, drivers and sales people to be aware of what to know and what to do to in order to try to prevent back problems. This procedurewillhelptoprovideinformationnecessarytominimizeback problems and injuries.

TYPE OF INJURIES

Therearevarioustypesofinjuriesthatcanoccurwhileattemptingtolift.Musculoskeletalinjuriescausedbyimproper lifting must be investigated and documented. Incorporation of investigation findings into work procedures must be accomplished to prevent future injuries. Injuries must be recorded and reported as required by 29 CFR Part 1904. Thefollowingaresomeoftheinjuriesassociatedwithbackproblems:

Strainsandsprains–arecommoninjuriesthataffectmusclesandligamentsthatsupporttheback.Aligamenttear isaseriousinjurythatcausesseverepainandmayrequiresurgerytorepairthedamage.

Slipped or ruptured disk – are also common back ailments that occur when the disk or vertebral cushion pressesona nerve.Thistypeofinjurymayalsorequiremedicalassistanceorsurgery.

Stressandchronictension–arealsocontributorstobackproblems.Theycanresultinmusclespasmsthat causepainful backache.

Hernia – is an ailment usually associated with lifting, does not generally result from a single effort expended inlifting. Itisusuallytheresultofcontinuedextremeexertion,especiallydonecontrarytothestructureofthe body.

Back strain – is a more common type of lifting injury. Like a hernia, it results from the over-stretching of certain musclesandcanbeavoidedbyemployingcorrectliftingtechniques.

Other contributors - The conditions identified above are only a few of the types of injuries that workers suffer. Kidney and prostrate problems or favoring a leg, ankle or foot injury will put undue stress on the back and cause pain. Poor posture based on the way you stand, sit, recline or walk may put strain on back muscles.Thewrongposture increases the strain on the muscles and may bend the spine unnaturally. Standing correctly will allow the spine to formanatural “S”curve.Shouldersshouldbeback and the“S” curve will be directly over the pelvis. While seated youshouldhaveyourkneesslightlyhigherthanyourhips. Keep your hips inthe rear of the chair with your lower back slightly arched. Your shoulders and upper back should be straight and not rounded. The best way to sleep is on your side with your knees bent or on

yourback.Avoidsleepingonyourstomachasitputsstrainonthebackespeciallyifthemattresslacks support.

Another contributortoback problems is being outof shape or in poorphysical condition. Poorphysical condition increases the chances of developing chronic pain. Being overweight or having a potbelly will put extra strain on back muscles and the spine. Another cause of back pain is the sudden twist or turn that puts pressure on unused muscles. A good diet and exercise are ways to help avoid back problems.

A seldom-considered contributor to backache is stress. Stress is associated with your overall physical condition because stress from your work can cause muscles to spasm that affect the nerves along the spine. Although a certain amountofstressisnormal,trytotaketimetorelaxordiscusssituationswithyour managerthatarecausingyour anxiety.

GOOD TIPS ON LIFTING

People think that most back injuries that are caused from lifting are a result of lifting something too big and too heavy. In certain situations that may be the case, but most injuries are really caused from minor strains happening repeatedlyoveraperiodoftime.Inotherwords,asaresultofrepeatedinjurieswhereeachinjurybeginstoaccumulate, the affected muscles or ligaments start to weaken. Eventually this results in a more serious injury.

Mostpeople are awarethat there is a rightand a wrong way tolift something. Maybe youhave had someinstruction insafeliftingtechniques,but,inasmuchasbackinjuriesduetoimproperliftingcontinuetobea major accident cause, a review of proper lifting procedures is in order. Supervisors should ensure proper training on safe lifting as been conducted, training should include general principles of ergonomics, recognition of hazards and injuries, procedures for reporting hazardous conditions, and methods and procedures for early reporting of injuries. Additionally,jobspecifictrainingshouldbegivenonsafelifting andworkpractices,hazards,andcontrols.

1. Thefirstthingthatshouldbedonebeforeattemptingtoliftanobjectisto“sizeitup”.Lookitover.Testtheweight by lifting at one of the corners and then decide if you can handle it alone. You may need a mechanical lifting device,orneedtobreaktheloaddownintosmallerpieces,oryoumayneedhelp.Itisadvisabletogethelpifthereis anydoubtinyourmindastowhethertheloadissafelywithinyourcapacity.

2. Also, look over the area where you are going to be carrying the object. Make sure it’s clear of obstacles. Center yourself over the object. Get a good footing close to the load. Place your feet eight to twelve inches apart. Bend your knees to grasp the load. Keep your back straight. Bend your knees outward and straddle the load somewhat. Get a firm grip. Keep the load close to your body. Then lift gradually by straightening your legs. Lift straight up, smoothly. Allow your legs to do the work, not your back. Bending the knees is the single most important rule when lifting moderatetoheavyobjects.Useyourlegs,notyourback.

3. After having lifted an object, if you intend to place it on a table or bench, rest it on the edge, and then slide the object onto the surface. When liftingan item off a bench or table, get close to the load. When lifting a load above yourwaist,firstcorrectlyliftitwaisthigh,andthenrestitonafirmobjectforsupport.Changeyourgrip;thenagain bend your knees to get extra leg muscle into the final effort. Never attempt to change your grip or the position of yourloadwhileyouaremoving.Stopandresttheloadonafirm object, then adjust your grip.

4. Once you have made the lift, try not to twist or turn. Keep the load close to your body and keep it steady. Besureyou knowwhereyouaregoingbeforeyouattempttomoveit.Checkforobstaclesthatmaybeinyourway.Seeifthefloor iswetorgreasy.Makesurethattheareaiswelllit.Turnyourbodybychangingfootpositionsandmakesureofyour footing beforemoving.

5. Of course, once you’ve lifted the load, you’ll eventually have to set it down. Understand that setting it down is just as important as lifting it. Lower the load by bending your legs, keeping your back upright, following the liftingproceduresinreverse.Makesurethatyourfingersclearthepinchpoints.Itisbetter to set one corner down first.

6. Whenyouhavesomeonehelpingyouliftanobject,teamwork becomesimportant.Ifyouaregoing tobe carrying theloadtoanotherpoint,bothofyoushoulddecideinadvancehowitistobehandled.Check therouteandtheclearance. Oneperson should bethe leaderand bein a position toobserve and direct the other. Lifting and lowering should be doneinunison.Don’tlettheloaddropsuddenlywithoutwarningyour partner. When carrying a long object, make sure you have proper clearance. Both persons should be onthesamesideofitandinstep.

7. Manualliftingequipmentsuchasdollies,handtrucks,lift-assistdevices,jacks,carts,hoistsmustbeprovided for employees. Other engineering controls such as conveyors lift tables, and work station design shouldbeconsidered.Use ofprovidedequipmentbyemployeesmustbeenforced.

8. Supervisionmustperiodicallyevaluateworkareasandemployees'worktechniquestoassessthepotentialfor and prevention of injuries. New operations should be evaluated to engineer out hazards before work processes areimplemented.Yourbackisaveryimportantpartofyourbody,butit’seasytoforgetthatyouhaveoneuntilyou injure it. Then it becomes painfully evident. By using common sense, you can keep your back out of trouble. Every time you think about lifting, think defensively about your back andthepossibility ofbeinglaid-upwithabackinjury. Utilizingthesafeliftingstepsdiscussedabovewill makeyourbackeasiertolivewithfortherestofyourlife.

5.9 SLIPS,TRIPS,ANDFALLS

PURPOSE

Slips, trips, and falls are common accidents on office floors, in hallways and storage areas, on shop/garage floors, and on vehicles/equipment. Injuries from even simple office slips, trips and falls include broken bones, cuts, bruises, sprains, strains and back injuries. This program is designed to prevent hazardous conditions that could result in slips,tripsorfalls.

Note: This procedure does not address the subject of “Fall Protection”.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Management

The Manager or Safety Coordinator will conduct routine inspections and audits to ensure that:

1. All walking and working surfaces, ladders, and stairs are free from hazards.

2. All aisles and walkways (both inside and outside the building) are clean and clear.

3. All storage areas are well lit and provide for adequate walkways that are free from obstructions.

4. Proper training is provided (as applicable).

Employees

Employees have an obligation along with management to help prevent slips, trips and falls by:

1. Maintainingworkareasfreefromslip,trip&fallhazards.

2. Correctingand/orreportingslip,tripandfallhazards.

3. Using proper equipment for assigned tasks.

4. Proper housekeeping.

5. Immediate cleanup of spills.

Housekeeping

Simple housekeeping methods can prevent slip-trip-fall hazards:

1. All work areas, passageways, storerooms, and service rooms shall be kept clean and orderly and in asanitary condition.

2. Thefloorofeveryareashallbemaintainedinacleanand,sofaraspossible,drycondition.Wherewetprocesses are used, drainage shall be maintained and gratings, mats, or raised platforms may be provided.

3. Every floor, work area and passageway shall be kept free from protruding nails, splinters, holes, or loose boards.

Aisles and Passageways

Thetopicofaislesandpassagewaysdealswiththeneedtoprovideadequatespacefortheaislesandwalkwaysand tokeepthemcleanandcleartoensuresafework.

Aislesandpassagewaysshallbekeptclearandingoodrepairwithnoobstructionacrossorinaislesthatcouldcreate ahazard.

Permanent aisles and passageways shall be appropriately marked. Where mechanical handling equipment is used, aisles shall be sufficiently wide. Improper aisle widths coupled with poor housekeeping and vehicle traffic can cause injury to employees, damage the equipment and material, and can limit egress in emergencies.

ThistopichasmanycommonsensesafetyconcernsaswellasthoseregulatedbyOSHA.Cleanandtidyworkareas holdfewerhazardsforallemployees,improveworkplacemoraleandproductivity,andreflectcompanyand employeequalityandpride.Mostslips,tripsandfallsarepreventableandusuallycaused by:

1. Slippery surfaces, such as ice, snow, grease or water.

2. Spills of powders and liquids.

3. Obstructions such as clutter, power tool cords, extension cords or machine cords, or Shelving and furniture.

4. Poor visibility due to inadequate lighting or carrying an obstructive load.

5. Slick surfaces due to very smooth finishes or waxing of floors.

How to Avoid Slipping

Byinstitutingsomebasicpractices,manyslippingaccidentscanbeavoidedoratleastmitigated.Both managementandtheemployeescanworktogetherby:

1. Clearing ice and snow quickly and putting down sand or salt to melt icy spots.

2. Notlettinggreasebuilduponthefloorinthegarage.

3. Cleaning up any spills immediately using proper methods and materials.

4. Keeping aisles and walkways clear of clutter and electrical cords.

5. Having adequate lighting in passageways and in storage areas.

6. Avoiding over-waxing and over-polishing floors.

7. Beingcarefulwithbathroomcleaningproductsthatcontainpinetarproductsasthey leaveaslippery film on tile floors.

8. Posting signs to warn workers when floors are wet.

9.Using abrasives like epoxies and enamels that contain gritty compounds that can be painted on concrete, wood and metalwalkwaystoprovidebettertraction.

10. Remember that when you lose your balance and slip on a wet surface or ice or snow, it is because of too little friction between your feetandthesurfaceareathat youarewalking on. Thenumber onecause of workplace slips is from loss of traction. Slips occur more when workers run or are in a hurry. Other causes forworkerslipsareduetothe wrongtypeofshoesbeingworn,orworkersnotpayingattentiontowherethey are going.

11. When walking on a wet surface take small steps to maintain your center of balance. Point your feet slightly outward asyouslowly moveyourfeet andbesuretopay attention tothe surfaceyouarewalkingon.

How to Avoid Tripping

Tripshappenwhenyourfoothitsanobjectandyourmomentumkeepsgoingknockingyouoffbalance. Trips happen in cluttered areas because of poor lighting, or when you are in a hurry. Most trips are a result

of employees not paying attention to where they are going. The following are ways to help prevent tripping accidents:

1. Always make sure you can see where you are going.

2. Be sure you can see over any items you are carrying.

3. Keep work areas well-lighted and replace burned-out bulbs. Use a flashlight in unlighted areas.

4. Keep work areas and passageways clean.

5. Do not store items on stairs.

6. Besurethatfurnituredoesnotinterferewith walkways.

7. Tapeorsecureextensioncords,machinecordsandpowertoolcordstothefloororkeepthemoutoftraffic areas.

8. Report concerns to Manager/Safety Coordinator.

And When You Fall

Fallsoccurwhenyoumoveoffyourcenterofbalance.Inadditiontotheconditionsdescribedabovethatcan cause a fall, there are other reasons that falls happen. It may be as a result of using a makeshift ladder or misusing a ladder, or you may fall while climbing. Most falls are from trips and slips at ground level but a fall from greater heights are moreserious.Avoidfallsby:

1. Not jumping from loading docks, truck beds or work platforms.

2. Checking for adequate lighting in halls, stairs and storage areas.

3. Fixing or reporting stairs or handrails that are loose or broken.

4. Notstoringitemsonstairsorintheaisles.

5. Wearing proper footwear.

6. Rememberthateachemployeehasarighttoworkinasafeenvironment.Alsorememberthateach employee hasanobligationnotonlyforhisorherownsafety,butalsoforthesafetyoffellowemployees.

5.10 WORKPLACEHAZARDASSESSMENT/PERSONALPROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide all employees and visitors with appropriate PPE to suit the task and known hazards as identified in the completed hazard assessment. This chapter covers the requirements for conducting a hazard assessment and for the issuance of personal protective equipment with the exception of PPE used for respiratoryprotection, or PPE requiredfor hazardous materialresponsetospills orreleases.ApplicableOSHAStandards are1910Subpart 1App Band1910.120 AppB,132, 133, 136,and 138. This procedure provides guidelines to protect those employees that may come into contact with toxic orhazardous substancesduringnormalworkingconditionsoranyreasonablyforeseeableemergencyatSoutheastBuildingSupply Interests through the identification and training in the safe use of PPE. Southeast Building Supply Interests employeesshouldperform aJobHazardAnalysispriortothestartofeachnewjob.

GENERAL RULES

The safety and well-being of all employees shall receive first consideration throughout all phases of work. PPE should beeasilyobtainableandistheresponsibilityofeachemployeetouse theappropriatePPEto ensureaccidentfreework.

PPE shall not be used as a substitute for engineering, work practices, and/or administrative controls. PPE shallbeused in conjunction with these controls to ensure employee safety and health among all Southeast Building Supply Interests operations. PPE includes all clothing or other work accessories designed to create a barrier against work place hazards. Employees need to be aware that PPE does not eliminate the hazard. If PPE fails,exposurewilloccur.

Hazard Assessment and Equipment Selection

Managers/Safety Contactsordesignees shallbe responsibleforensuring thathazard assessments are conducted for eachworkstationandthefacilitationofemployeetraining.Additionally,Managers/SafetyContactsordesigneesshall be responsible for the selection of personal protective equipment at no cost to the employee, with the exception of safety-toedfootwearandprescriptionsafetyeyewearasdefinedbyOSHAstandard(29CFR1910.132).EachManager shall assess the workplace and document the findings to determine if hazards are present, orlikely to be present, which necessitate the use of personal protective equipment (PPE). If such hazards are present, or likely to be present, the followingactionswillbetaken:

• Select, and have each affected employee use, the proper PPE for the identified hazard(s);

• Communicate selection decisions to each affected employee; and

• Select PPE that properly fits each affected employee.

HAZARD ASSESSMENT DETERMINATION

To assist with your hazard assessment determination, Attachments 1 through 12 (“Hazard AssessmentDetermination”) havebeenprovided.

RiskLevelDefinitions

Risk Level 1:

The hazard being assessed could cause an injury, which results in the loss of life, limb, sight, or other sense. The probability of injury need not be high. It can be extremely low but the injury is severe if it occurs. PPE is mandatory unless the PPE presents a greater hazard than the task being performed, in which case other protectivemeasures shall bepursued.

Risk Level 2:

The hazard being assessed could cause an injury, which would require medical treatment beyond first aid, e.g.,stitches, foreignbodyintheeye,orbrokenbones.PPEshallberequiredunlessthePPEpresentsagreaterhazardthanthetask being performed.

Risk Level 3:

The hazard being assessed could cause an injury, which requires first aid treatment, e.g., scratches, or minor lacerations.Theprobabilityofinjuryandseverityarebothlow.PPE,whileoptional,isencouraged.

Risk Level 4:

It is highly unlikely that the hazard assessed could cause an injury of any type. The activity associated with the risk is consideredsafeingeneral.PPEisnotrequired.

A first critical step in developing a comprehensive safety and health program is to identify physical and health hazards in the workplace. This process is known as a "hazard assessment." Potential hazards may bephysicalorhealthrelated and a comprehensive hazard assessment should identify hazards in both categories. Examples of physical hazards include moving objects, fluctuating temperatures, high intensity lighting, rolling or pinching objects, electrical connections and sharp edges, line of fire, moving equipment, and vehicles. Examples of health hazards include overexposuretoharmfuldusts,chemicalsorradiation.

The hazard assessment should begin with a walk-through survey of the facility to develop a list of potential hazardsin thefollowingbasichazardcategories:

• Impact,

• Penetration,

• Compression (roll-over),

• Chemical,

• Heat/cold,

• Harmful dust,

• Light (optical) radiation, and

• Biologic.

Inadditiontonotingthebasiclayoutofthefacility andreviewingany historyofoccupationalillnessesor injuries, things to lookforduring thewalk-throughsurvey include:

• Sources of electricity.

• Sources of motion such as machines or processes where movement may exist that could result in an impact betweenpersonnelandequipment.

• Sources of high temperatures that could result in burns, eye injuries or fire.

• Types of chemicals used in the workplace.

• Sources of harmful dusts.

• Sourcesoflightradiation,suchaswelding,brazing,cutting,furnaces,heattreating,highintensity lights, etc.

• Thepotentialforfallingordroppingobjects.

• Sharp objects that could poke, cut, stab or puncture.

• Biologic hazards such as blood or other potentially infected material.

Whenthewalk-throughiscomplete,theManager/SafetyContactsshouldorganizeandanalyzethedatasothatitmay beefficientlyusedindeterminingthepropertypesofPPErequiredattheworksite.The Manager/SafetyContacts should become aware of the different types of PPE available and the levels of protection offered. It is definitely a good idea to select PPE that will provide a level of protection greater than the minimum required to protect employees fromhazards.

ReassessmentoftheHazards:

Reassess the workplace as necessary by identifying and evaluation:

• New equipment and processes.

• Review accident records.

• Re-evaluate the suitability of previously selected PPE.

Management must repeat Hazard Assessment Surveys for new equipment and processes, changes in condition, operating procedures or changes in existing equipment or processes that could introduce occupational hazards to the workplace. Ongoing Hazard Assessments of work areas and personnel is encouraged. This will promote safetybyidentifyingpotentialhazards,ensuringgoodhousekeepingandmotivatingpersonneltowearandcarefor theirpersonalprotectiveequipment.

This periodic reassessment should also include a review of injury and illness records to spot any trends or areas of concernandtakingappropriatecorrectiveaction.

The suitability of existing PPE, including an evaluation of its condition and age, should be included in the reassessment. Managers/Safety Contacts or designees shall verify that the required workplace hazard assessment has been performed through a written certification (Attachment 12 - “Workplace Hazard Assessment”) that identifies:

• Identificationof the workplace evaluated

• Name of the person conducting the assessment;

• The date(s) of the workplace hazard assessment;

• Identificationofthedocumentcertifyingcompletionofthehazardassessment.

Records

Management shall maintain file of hazard assessment written certification. Review the hazard assessment written certification annually, at a minimum, to determine if it is still correct. Date and sign the form certifying that the form is correct.

Attachment 1

EMPLOYEE SIGN-IN SHEET

Attachment 2

HAZARD ASSESSMENT – PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

1.Task/Location:

2.Conducted By

WORKPLACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT

3. Assessment Date: / / Assessment Number:

4. Type of Hazards: 5. Personal Protective Equipment Recommended/When & How Often:

6. The person(s) certifying the evaluation has been performed:

5.11 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

PURPOSE

Southeast Building Supply Interests strives toprovide a safe work environment through the use of methods and practices whichisolatepersonnelfromhazardsandpotentialhazards.Wheresuchisolationisimpossible, impracticable, or inadequate, appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) must be used. The purpose of this Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Program is to minimize risk of injury to employees, visitors and contractors by ensuring that they are provided and use the PPE required to safely perform their job duties. The reason for this policy is to prevent occupationalillness,injuries,andfatalitiesthatmaybeavoidedthroughtheuseofappropriateprotectiveequipment, and to comply with Occupational Safety andHealthAdministration (OSHA) regulations (29 CFR 1910 Subpart I).

GENERAL RULES

The safety and well-being of all employees shall receive first consideration throughout all phases of work. PPE should be easily obtainable and is the responsibility of each employee to use the appropriate PPE to ensure accident-free work.

PPE shall not be used as a substitute for engineering, work practices, and/or administrative controls. PPE shallbeused in conjunction with these controls to ensure employee safety and health among all Southeast Building Supply Interests operations. PPE includes all clothing or other work accessories designed to create a barrier against work place hazards. Employees need to be aware that PPE does not eliminate the hazard. If PPE fails,exposurewilloccur.

Employees will not be allowed to work until the required PPE has been secured. Failure to have appropriate PPE when necessary can subject the employee to progressive disciplinary action.

Hard Hats, Steel Toe Boots, Safety Glasses & Vest shall be worn at all times in all work areas unless such areahasbeen designatedasa“SafeZone.”

Safe Zones are area’s where it has been predetermined by management to be hazard free and shall remain hazard free. These areas will be identified by signs, “safety yellow” floor markings or a combination thereof that is clearly understoodbyallemployees.Anexampleofasafezonemaybeapathleadingthroughashoptoabreakroom,time clockorrestroom.

Visitors

ItistheresponsibilitiesoftheemployeehostingavisitortoensuretheirguestweartheproperPPE,if deemed necessary.

Contractors

The Personal Protective Equipment guidelines for outside contractors who conduct work activities on any Southeast Building Supply Interests facility that presents a physical or chemical hazard is addressed in the “General Safety Rules forContractors”policyfoundinChapter4.3ofthismanual.

Design

Protective equipment, including PPE for eyes, face, head, and extremities, protective clothing, and protective shields and barriers, shall be provided, used and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition. This shall be done wherever it is necessary by reason of hazards of processes or environment, chemicalhazards, radiological hazards, or mechanical irritants encountered in a manner capable of causing injury or impairment in the function of any part of thebody throughabsorption,inhalationorphysicalcontact.

Whenemployeesprovidetheirownprotectiveequipment,SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsshouldberesponsible to authorize and assure its adequacy, including proper maintenance and sanitation of such equipment. All personal protectiveequipmentshallbeofsafedesignandconstructionfortheworktobeperformed.Defectiveanddamaged PPE should not be used. In addition, PPE shall not be used for any purpose other than employee protection.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT SELECTION

Controlling Hazards

PPE devices alone should not be relied on to provide protection against hazards, but should be used in conjunction withguards,engineeringcontrols,andsoundmanufacturingpractices.

SelectionGuidelines

The general procedure for selection of protective equipment is to:

• Becomefamiliarwiththepotentialhazardsandthetypeofprotectiveequipmentthatisavailable, andwhat itcando(i.e.,splash protection,impactprotection,etc.);

• Comparethehazardsassociated withtheenvironment;i.e.,impact velocities, masses,projectileshape, radiationintensities,withthecapabilitiesoftheavailableprotectiveequipment;

• Selecttheprotectiveequipmentwhichensuresalevelofprotectiongreaterthantheminimum required toprotectemployeesfromthehazards;

• Fittheuserwiththeprotectivedeviceand giveinstructionsoncareanduseofthePPE.Itisvery important thatendusersbemadeawareofallwarninglabelsforandlimitationsoftheirPPE.

• CustomerSiteSafety Requirements–customer(s),facilities,customerproject(s)orjoblocationsmay requireadditionalPPEwhileontheirpremises/property.

Fitting the Device

Carefulconsiderationmustbegiventocomfortandfit.PPEthatfitspoorlywillnotaffordthenecessaryprotection. Continuedwearingofthedeviceismorelikelyifitfitsthewearercomfortably.Protective devicesaregenerally availableinavarietyofsizes.Careshouldbetakentoensurethattherightsizeis selected.

Devices with Adjustable Features

Adjustments should be made on an individual basis for a comfortable fit that will maintain the protective device in the proper position. Particular care should be taken in fitting devices for eye protection against dust and chemical splashtoensurethatthedevicesaresealedtotheface.Inaddition,properfittingof hardhatsisimportanttoensure thatitwillnotfalloffduringworkoperations.Insomecasesachinstrap

maybenecessarytokeepthehelmetonanemployee'shead.(Chinstrapsshouldbreakatareasonablylowforcetoprevent a strangulation hazard). Where manufacturer's instructions are available, they should befollowed carefully.

Eye and Face Protection

Each affected employee shall use eye protection meeting the ANSI Z-87 Standard that provides side protection when there is a hazard from flying objects. Detachable side protectors (e.g., clip-on or slide-onside shields) meeting thepertinentrequirementsofthisprocedureareacceptable.

Eachaffectedemployeewhowearsprescriptionlenseswhileengagedinoperationsthatinvolveeyehazardssuch asusinghandandpowertools,handlingproductsandmaterials,orworkingaroundtheseactivitiesthatshouldwear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, or should wear eye protection that can be worn over theprescriptionlenseswithoutdisturbingtheproperpositionoftheprescription lenses or the protective lenses.

Eye and face PPE should be distinctly marked to facilitate identification of the manufacturer.

Each affected employee should use equipment with filter lenses that have a shade number appropriate for the work beingperformed forprotectionfrominjuriouslightradiation.

Noonecanpredictwhenandwhereanaccidentwilloccurandthefirstfifteensecondsaftertheinjuryisthe critical period. Therefore, you should be familiar with the location and operation of emergency eyewashstationsthat are located in the facility. These can include eyewash fountains, drench showers, hand-held drench hoses and emergency bottles.They alluselargeamountsofwatertoflushaway eyecontaminants. The eyesshould beflushed with water until the foreign object has been rinsed out. Do not rub your eyes, this can scratch the eye or embed the object. If you cannot rinse out the object, bandage your eyes loosely and get medical attention. If chemicals splash in your eyes, move quickly to an eyewash stand.Lookdirectlyintothestreamofwaterandholdyoureyesopenwith yourfingers.Flushfor15 minutes, and then get first aid.

Head Protection

All head protection is designed to provide protection from impact and penetration hazards caused by falling objects. Head protection is also available which provides protection from electric shock and burn when working nearexposedelectricalconductorswhichcouldcomeintocontactwiththehead.

Employeesfromtemporary workagenciesandcontractorsarerequired towearhardhatsifassignedto workinthe designatedworkareas.

All supervisors and managers are responsible for ensuring employees under their charge are in compliance with this policy.

All employees who work in designated work areas and/or job assignments are responsible for wearing company providedhardhatstocomplywiththispolicy.Failuretocomplywillresultindisciplinaryactionuptoandincluding discharge.

All employees required to wear hard hats must routinely inspect and properly care for their hard hats. Hard hats are grouped into three classes (A, B, and C) and two types (1 and 2) according to how they meet various criteria for protection from impact, penetration, electrical conductivity, flammability, and other safety hazards. When selecting head protection, knowledge of potential electrical hazards is important. Class A hard hats, in addition to impact and penetration resistance, provide electrical protection from low- voltage conductors. They are-proof tested to2,200volts.ClassBhardhatsareintendedtoprotectthe head from the force of impact of falling objects and from electrical shock during contact with exposed high voltage conductors. They are proof tested to 20,000 volts. Class C hard hats are intended to protect the head from the force of impact of falling objects. They are usually made of aluminum, which conducts electricity and should not be used around electrical hazards. Type 1 hard hats have a full brim while type 2 helmetshavenobrimbutmayincludeapeak.

Supplementary hard hat equipment includes winter liners, sweat-bands, chinstraps and cloth straps.

It is important to note that hard hats will not be modified other than to be adjusted to fit properly so that they may be worn correctly. The hat shall be squared off straight and not cocked at an angle or perched on the back of the head. Ifworncorrectly,thehardhatprotectsinthefollowingways:

The hard hat Shell is the basic impact protection against falling and flying objects and bumping into things. Thecurved Shellallowsanobjecttoricochetorslideoff,reducingtheforceofimpact.

The space maintained between the Shell and the head (minimum of 1 ¼ in.) above the suspension, minimizes theshockandpreventstheShellfromstrikingtheheadsolidlyuponimpact.

Thespacebetweenthesuspension and theShell(sufficientforventilation)ontheside ofthehatsoftensthe effect of lateral blows.

Thepeakandbrimprotectthefaceandtheoutwardlycurvedbottomedgeaffordsprotectiontotheearsandthenape of the neck.

Some examples of where helmets must be worn include: places where falling object hazards are present, whenworking below other workers who are using tools and materials which could fall; working below machinery or processes which might cause material or objects to fall such as forklifts and cranes; working on exposed energized conductors and at construction sites. See Attachment 9 “Selection Chart Guidelines forheadProtection” inChapter6.11.

Hard Hats Worn Backward

There is considerable confusion and misinterpretation about whether OSHA allows hard hats to be worn backward. An OSHA Standard Interpretation and Compliance Letter dated July 22, 1992, states, "Because ANSI only tests and certifies hard hats to be worn with the bill foreword (sic), hard hats worn with the bill to the rear would not be considered reliable protection and would not meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.100 (a) and (b) unless the hard hat manufacturer certifies that this practice meets the ANSI requirements."

Novelty Hard Hats

Due to strict customer guidelines with regards to hat color, novelty hard hats are prohibited.

Foot Protection

General Requirements

TheprotectivefootwearmustcomplywiththeAmericanSocietyforTestingandMaterials(ASTM) standard F2413-05, formerly the American National Standards Institute's (ANSI) standard Z41-1999. The F2413-05 standard separates safety footwear into different categories such as Impact and compression resistance.

TheemployershallensurethateachaffectedemployeeuseprotectivebootsmeetingtheANSIZ-41&ASTM Standardswhenworkinginareas

• wherethereisadangeroffootinjuriesduetofallingorrollingobjects,

• objectspenetrating the soleof theboot,

• where employees’ feet are exposed to electrical hazards

• chemical hazards.

Theseareasincludebutarenotlimitedtoshops,yards,equipmentstaging areas,warehouses,jobwalksand customerjobsites.

Boots purchased after July 5, 1994 shall comply with ANSI & ASTM Z41- 1991, "American National Standard for PersonalProtection-ProtectiveFootwearandAmericanSocietyforTestingandMaterials,"whichis incorporated byreferenceasspecifiedinSec.1910.6,orshallbedemonstratedbytheemployertobe equally effective.

Selection Guidelines for Foot Protection

Bootsmustcompletely coverthefootandankle,keepyourheelsecurelyinthebootandprovideankle support. In some work situations, metatarsal protection should be provided, and in other special situations, electricalconductiveor insulatingsafetybootswouldbeappropriate.

Puncture resistant safety boots with a steel toe are required for carrying or handling materials such as packages, objects,partsorheavytoolswhichcouldbedropped,andforotheractivitieswhereobjectsmightfallontothefeet. Safety boots (steel toe) protection is required for work activities involving fork lifts, and around heavy objects or equipmentthatcouldpotentiallyrolloveranemployee'sfeet.Safetybootswithpunctureprotectionarerequiredwhere sharp objects such as nails, wire, tacks, screws, large staples, scrap metal etc., could be stepped on by employees causingafootinjury.

Safety toe caps (steel or composite) and metatarsal guards may be worn if the protective boot meets or exceeds the ANSI Z-41& ASTM Standards. Steel toe tennis/ athletic shoes are prohibited See Attachment 7 “Selection Chart Guidelinesforfootprotection” inChapter6.18.

WETLOCATIONS

Over-the-shoe rubber footwear to be worn over standard (safety) boots is required in wet locations. The rubbers or boots are required in addition to the safety footwear recommendations listed above. Rubber boots with toe and metatarsal protection are recommended for employees working in flooded areas or other locations where ordinary over-the-shoe protection would be inadequate to insure that the employee'sshoeswouldremaindry.

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Question:

Who is responsible to pay for steel toe boots?

AnswerSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsemployeesarerequiredtopayfortheirownSteelToeBoots.

1910.132(h)(2)

Theemployerisnotrequiredtopay fornon-specialty safety-toeprotectivefootwear(includingsteel-toeboots) provided thatthe employerpermitssuch items to be worn offthejob-site.

Question:

Iworkintheoffice,amIrequiredtowearsteeltoedbootswhenIwalkintotheshop?

Answer:Yes.Therearetwoexceptions:1)ifALLworkhasstoppedandnohazardsexist.Thissituationmightoccur if a facility is holding a safety meeting in the shop. 2) If your facility has designated a “safe zone.” This can be achieved by creating lines on the floor or by posting signs. This action may be required ifofficepersonnelneedaccess totimeclocksthatarelocatedintheshop.

Question:

I work in outside sales and often visit customer job sites. Am I required to wear steel toe boots?

Answer: Yes.

Question:

I often have customers and or visitors at my facility, are they required to wear steel toe boots?

Answer: Yes. All PPE requirements are applicable to sub-contractors, contract haulers, customers & visitors. Exception:Ifthe“visitor”isescortedbyaSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsemployeeandavoidsthoseareaswhere hazards or potential hazards exist or all work has stopped such as after hours or on weekends. It is recommended that you designate an area for off-loading for those companies such as UPS, FedEx, etc.

Question:

What type of soles should I wear?

Answer:Wearbootswithflatsolesandawidebase.Theywillprovidegreaterstabilitywhenworkingonuneven surfaces.

Question:

What is the difference between ANSI steel toe and ASTM steel toes?

Answer: As of March 2005, ASTM F2413 standard supersededthe ANSI Z41 standard. Manufacturers and distributors will implement a "running change" to their inventory from the ANSI Z41 labeled footwear. Because there is no change in the protocol, the ASTM F2413 standard does not require that the change from ANSI to ASTM labeled footwearoccurinaspecifictimeperiod.

HandProtection General requirements

Handprotectionisrequiredwhenemployees'handsareexposedtohazardssuchasthosefromskin absorption of harmfulsubstances;severecutsorlacerations;severeabrasions;punctures;chemicalburns; thermalburns;andharmful temperatureextremes.

Selection Guidelines for Hand Protection

Selection of hand PPE shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics of the hand protection relative to the task(s) to be performed, conditions present, duration of use, and the hazards and potential hazards identified.Glovesareoftenreliedupontopreventcuts,abrasions,burns,andskin contactwithchemicalsthatare capable of causing local or systemic effects following dermal exposure. There is no glove that provides protection against all potential hand hazards, and commonly available glove materials provide only limited protection against many chemicals. Therefore, it is important to select the most appropriate glove for a particular application and to determine how long it can be worn, and whether it can be reused. It is also important to know the performance characteristicsofglovesrelativetothe specific hazard anticipated; e.g., chemical hazards, cut hazards, flame hazards, etc.

Beforeglovesarepurchased,documentationfromthemanufacturerthattheglovesmeettheappropriateteststandard(s) for the hazard(s) anticipated is requested or identified in the manufacturer’s catalog. Other factors to be considered for glove selection in general include: Performance characteristics where in certain circumstances it may be more costeffective to regularly change cheaper gloves than to reuse more expensive types. The work activities of the employeedeterminethedegreeofdexterityrequired,theduration,frequency,anddegreeofexposureofthehazard, andthephysicalstressesthatwillbeapplied.

Selection of Gloves for Protection Against Chemical Hazards:

Thetoxicpropertiesofthechemical(s)usedatSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestslocationsdetermineinparticular, the ability of the chemical to cause local effects on the skin and/or to pass through the skin and cause systemic effects. Generally, any "chemical resistant" glove can be used for dry powders. For mixtures and formulated products (unless specific test data are available), gloves are selected on the basis of the chemical component with the shortest breakthrough time, since it is possible for solvents to carry active ingredients through polymeric materials. Finally, employees must be able to remove the gloves in such a manner as to prevent skin contamination.

Protective Clothing

The personal work clothes of employees shall fit their work assignments.

A full, short-sleeve “T”-shirt is considered to be minimum protection for the torso in warm weather or warm environments.Allpersonnelshouldwearlongpants.

HearingProtection

General requirements

When employees are subjected to sound at or exceeding 85 dBA, feasible administrative or engineeringcontrols will be utilized. The Manager/ Safety Contact will be responsible for the enforcing and maintaining a hearing conservation program which will include the requirements outline in 29 CFR 1910.95(c), Hearing ConservationProgram.

Additional requirements are addressed in the “Hearing Conservation Program” procedure found in Chapter 6.7 of this manual. Attachment 10 “Selection Chart Guidelines to Hazard Assessment for Hearing Protection and PermissibleNoiseExposures”isforthedetermineneedforhearingprotection.

RETRAINING

Circumstances which require re-training include, but are not limited to:

• Changes in the workstation which render training obsolete.

• Changes in the type of PPE to be used rendering previous training obsolete.

• Inadequacies in the affected employee’s knowledge or use of assigned PPE indicating the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill.

DAMAGED PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Defective or damaged personal protective equipment should not be used or stored in a manner to allow interaction with currently usable and/or approved devices.

TRAINING

SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsprovidestrainingorinstructionstoeachemployeewhoisrequiredtousePPE. Eachemployeeshouldbetrainedtoknowatleastthefollowing:

• When PPE is necessary

• What PPE is necessary

• How to properly don, remove, adjust, and wear PPE

• ThelimitationsofthePPE

• The proper care, maintenance, useful life and disposal of the PPE.

Each affected employee should demonstrate an understanding of the training and the ability to use PPE properly beforeperformingworkthatrequirestheuseofPPE. SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsshouldverifythateachaffected employee has received and understood the required training through written certification that contains the name of each employee trained, the date(s) of training, and that identifies the subject of the certification. Certification of trainingforPPEisrequiredbyOSHAandshouldbeaccomplishedbyusingAttachment1orsimilarform(“Employee Sign in Sheet”) to verify that each affected employee has received andunderstoodtherequiredPPEtraining.

RECORDS

Southeast Building Supply InterestsSafetyManagerorSafetyContactshallmaintainrecordsofPPEtrainingin the employee’s training file. The records should consist of the date of the training, names of persons conducting the training, names of those attending and the type of PPE. Employee training records should on file during the course of employment, and for a period of five years following termination of employment.

CHAPTER 6

6.1 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

PURPOSE

Contrary to popular belief, flammable and combustible liquids do not cause fires: they are only contributing factors. A spark or other ignition source causes a fireor explosion inthe presence of flammable or combustible vapors. It is the vapor of a flammable or combustible liquid, not the liquid itself, which ignites or explodes when mixedwithairincertainproportionsandinthepresenceofanignitionsource. Proper storage and use of flammable liquidscansignificantlyreducethepossibilityofaccidental fires,explosions,propertydamageand,moreimportantly, injuryorevendeathtoemployees.

To minimize the various risks to life and property, the requirements of NFPA 30 & 321 and OSHA Standard 1910.106 have been addressed in this procedure. Also, as part of the “Right to Know Law,” OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) Safety Data sheets (SDS) for flammable liquids are kept in the SDS binders and are readily accessible to employees who work with or encounter various chemicals in the workplace.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Management’s responsibilities begin with an understanding of the laws and various regulations that govern flammable and combustible liquids and ensuring that proper training is made available to all employees who work with them. Management will also provide proper storage facilities for flammable liquids and ensure that containersareproperlylabeled.

Supervisors ofemployeeswho work withorcomeinto contactwithflammableliquidswillprovide adequate trainingintheuseandstorageofflammableliquidsandensurethatSDSarecurrentforallapplicableflammable liquids.

Employees also have a responsibility when it comes to working with flammable or combustible liquids. Each employee needs to understand the significance or importance of working with flammables. Each employee must take responsibility for proper use, following all storage requirements, and immediately reporting any deficiencies regardingstorage,useorspillstoyourSupervisor.

HAZARD CONTROL

Flammables are dangerous and may be ignited by heat, sparks or flames. Vapors may travel to the source of ignition andflashback.Containersmayexplodeintheheatofafire,andvaporexplosionisahazardindoors,outdoorsorin sewers. In addition, flammables also are potential health hazards. They may be poisonous, may irritate or burn the skin and eyes, or may produce an irritating or poisonous gas when on fire.

Because of the seriousness of the items identified above, there are a variety of engineering controls that become importantforthesafehandling,useandstorageofflammableandcombustibleliquids.Onlyapprovedcontainers and portable tanks shall be used for the storage of flammable and combustible liquids. Only approved metal safetycanswillbeusedforthehandlinganduseofflammableliquidsin

quantitiesgreaterthan1gallon.Forquantitieslessthanagallon,onlytheoriginalcontainerorapprovedmetalsafety cansshallbeusedforstorage,use,andhandling.

Administrative controls limit and control access to bulk storage areas while ensuring that storage areas are designated and properly maintained. They also reinforce the amounts of flammable liquids that may be stored for use. Additional information regarding the various controls is detailed later in this procedure. Other administrative controls focus on training employees about the chemicals they come into contact with as well as the posting of varioussignssuchas“Danger”,“Warning”and“Hazard”.

DEFINITIONS

FLAMMABLE LIQUID: a liquid with a flashpoint below 1000F

Class IA: having a flashpoint below 730F and boiling point below 1000F Class

IB: having a flashpoint below 730F and boiling point above 1000F Class IC:

havingaflashpointat/above730Fandbelow1000F

FLASH POINT: the temperature at which a liquid produces enough vapors to be ignited. The flash point determines theflammabilityhazardofaliquid–thelowertheflashpoint,themoreflammabletheliquidis.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS: a liquid having a flash point at or above 1000 F.

Class II

Combustibles: having a flashpoint above 1000F and below 1400F ClassIII

Combustibles:havingaflashpointatorabove1400F

Subclass IIIA: having a flashpoint at or above 1400F and below 2000F SubclassIIIB:

havingaflashpointatorabove2000F

GROUNDING: a contact (usually a wire) connects the container and the ground. Grounding cables should be attachedtoeachdrumandleftinplaceaslongasthecontainerisstored.

BONDING: a metal to metal contact (usually with a wire) connects the grounded drumtothe containerbeing filled.Thisisnotnecessaryifanon-metallicsafetycanisbeingfilled.

STORAGE/USE OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

Flammable and combustible liquids require careful handling at all times. The proper storage of flammable liquids within a work area is very important in order to protect personnel from fire and other safety and health hazards. By definition, flammables are materials that ignite easily and burn quickly. Examples of flammables include, but arenotlimited to,gasoline,acetone,lacquer,thinners,andpaints.

Containers shall be stored in properly-designed and ventilated storage areas. They shall not be stored in areasusedfor exitsorstairways,whicharenormallyusedforsafepassageofpeople.

StorageofflammableliquidsshallbeinNFPA-approvedflammablestoragelockersorinlowvalue structures at least 50 feet from any other structure. Do not store other combustible materials near flammable storage areasorlockers.

Bulk drums of flammable liquids must be grounded and bonded to containers during dispensing. Drums and dispensingpointsarerequiredtohavegrounding straps.

Portable tanks (containers) of gasoline or diesel are not to exceed 60 gallons.

Safety cans used for dispensing flammable or combustible liquids should be kept at a point of use.

Appropriate fire extinguishers are to be mounted within 75 feet of outside areas containing flammable liquids, andwithin10feetofanyinsidestorageareaforsuchmaterials.

Storage rooms for flammable and combustible liquids should have explosion proof light fixtures.

Bulk storage of gasoline or diesel fuel that is kept in above-ground tanks must be designed to contain accidental spills. The storage area shall be graded in a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by a curb or dike. Provisions shall be made for draining off accumulations of ground, rainwater, or spills of flammable or combustible liquids when curbs or dikes are used. Tanks shall be labeled with IAW NFPA guidelines. All tank areas shall be designated “No Smoking - NoHotWork–NoOpenFlame.”

No flames/hot work or smoking is permitted in flammable/combustible liquid storage areas.

The maximumamountof flammable liquids that may be stored outsideof an insidestorageroomor cabinetin abuilding,orinanyonefireareaofabuildingshallnotexceed:

1. 25 gallons of Class IA liquids in containers;

2. 120 gallons of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in containers;

3. 660gallons ofClass IB, IC,II,orIIIliquids inasingle portable tank.

Note: The above classifications are defined later in this procedure.

Flammable liquidtransfer areas are tobe separatedfrom other operations bydistance or byconstruction havingproper fireresistance.

When not in use, flammable liquids shall be kept in covered containers.

Class I liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within the possible pathofvaportravel.

Flammable or combustible liquids stored in a building shall be transferred into vessels, containers, or portable tanks only through a closed piping system, from safety cans, by means of a device drawing through the top, or from a container or portable tanks by gravity through an approved, self-closing valve.Transferring by means of air pressureonthecontainerorportabletanksshallbeprohibited.

Maintenance and operating practices shall be in accordance with established procedures which will tend to control leakageandpreventtheaccidentalescapeofflammableorcombustibleliquids.Spillsshallbecleaned up promptly.

Combustible waste material and residue in a building or unit operating area shall be kept to a minimum stored in covered metal receptaclesanddisposedofdaily.

Rooms in which flammable or combustible liquids are stored or handled by pumps shall have exit facilities arranged topreventoccupantsfrombeingtrappedintheeventoffire.

Inside areas in which Class I liquids are stored or handled shall be heated only by means not constituting source of ignition,suchassteam,hotwaterorforcescentralsystemslocatedawayfromthearea.

STORAGE INSIDE BUILDINGS

Where approved storage cabinets or rooms are not provided, inside storage will comply with the following basic conditions:

Thestorageofanyflammableorcombustibleliquidshallnotphysicallyobstructameansofegressfromthe building or area.

Containersofflammableorcombustibleliquidswillremaintightlysealedexceptwhentransferred, pouredor applied.Removeonly thatportionofliquidinthestoragecontainerrequiredtoaccomplisha particular job.

Ifaflammableorcombustibleliquidstoragebuildingisused,itshouldbeaone-storybuildingdevotedprincipally to the handling and storing of flammable or combustible liquids. The building will have 2-hour fire-rated exterior wallshavingnoopeningwithin10feetofsuchstorage.

Flammable paints, oils, and varnishes in 1 or 5-gallon containers, used for building maintenance purposes, may be stored temporarily in closed containers outside approved storage cabinets or rooms if kept at the job siteforlessthan 10calendardays.

VENTILATION

Everyinsidestorageroomwillbeprovidedwithacontinuousmechanicalexhaustventilationsystem.Topreventthe accumulationofvapors,thelocationofboththemakeupandexhaustairopeningswillbe arrangedtoprovide,as faraspractical,airmovementdirectlytotheexteriorofthebuildingandifductsareused,theywillnotbeusedfor anyotherpurpose.

HANDLING, DISPOSAL AND CLEANUP OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

Most flammable liquids give off vapors that are heavier than air and ignite easily. These vapors will settle in low areas with poor ventilation. When enough vapors have accumulated they will spread out and travel to a source of ignition. Thatignition sourcecould be acigarette, sparkfromahandtool, a motor ortorchused for cutting.

Mostflammableliquidsarestoredeitherinlargequantitiesforreserveorsmallamountsthatareusedat workstations. When the reserve storage is empty, the bung cap shouldbe removed and a drumvent inserted. Thisistopreventanybuildupofpressureifthedrumisexposedtoheat.Drumsshouldalsobeconnected to a grounding system. This will prevent static electrical buildup. Flammable liquids are usually transferredfromone locationtoanotherbytwomethods:gravityfeedfromdrumsstoredhorizontallyorbypumpingfromdrums storedvertically.

For gravity transfers, liquids should be dispensed intoa safety can with a self-closing drumvalve. A dripcan should be placed beneath the valve to catch any leaks or spills. Be sure the drip can is bonded to the drum to prevent an electricalbuildup.

Pumping is faster and will almost completely empty the drum. The receiving container should be bonded ifthe pumphosesarenotself-bonding.

Smallsafetycansthatareusedtoholdflammableliquidsatworkstationsshouldbehandledcarefullytoavoidspills. Keepthecontainersclosedwhennotinuseandstorethecansinsafetycabinetsorina designated area.

Oily or solvent-soaked rags should be deposited in specially designed waste cans. These cans have spring- loaded lids andaraisedbottomwithventholestodispenseheatandpreventthebuild-upofpressure and fumes.

When a flammable liquid is spilled it is the vapors that burn. Specifically designed absorbent materials have been developed to clean up flammable liquid spills. They come in pillows, pads, sheets, tubes and other shapes to accommodateavarietyofcleanupneeds.Whenthematerialissaturated,itshouldbeplacedinadisposaldrumand sealed.

CABINETS

Not more than 120 gallons of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids may be stored in a storage cabinet. Of this total, notmorethan60gallonsmaybeClassIand/orIIliquids.Notmorethanthreesuchcabinets(120gallonseach)may be located in a single fire area except in an industrial area. Cabinets shall be labeled in conspicuous lettering “Flammable–KeepFireAway”.

CONTAINERS

The capacity of flammable and combustible liquid containers will be in accordance with the following table:

Maximum allowable capacity of containers and portable tanks

Approved portable tanks

(1) Nearest metric size is also acceptable for the glass and plastic.

(2) One gallon or nearest metric-equivalent size may be used if metal and labeled with their contents.

Note:Anunopeneddrumorothercontainerofflammablematerialisonlyapotentialhazard.Whentheflammable getsoutofcontrol,thatiswhentroublebegins.Lookforthefollowingdangersignals:

1. Leakage (can result from rough handling)

2. Deterioration of the container

3. Heat source nearby

SUMMARY

Itisinyourbestinteresttoknowandpracticegoodsafetyhabitswhenworkingwithflammables.Your decisions not only affect your safety, but also the safety of co-workers. Incidents cause injury and property damage, affect the publicimageofSoutheastBuilding SupplyInterestsandshowupnegativelyonyourworkrecord.

A key factor in your safety is to know the hazards of the material you are working with. Be sure that you have completeinstructionsforhandlingflammables.Storingflammableandcombustibleliquidsin properlyclosed containers and minimizing the concentration of vapor in the air while handling and using the liquids are the fundamentalconceptsforyourprotection.

6.2 HOUSEKEEPING & MATERIAL STORAGE

PURPOSE

Conditionsintheworkenvironmentaresignificantfactorsthatmaycontributetoincidents.Controllingconditions directly influences the activities that occur within the work area. Therefore, an inherent benefit of a continuous housekeeping program is a focused effort toward incident prevention with benefits of cost reduction, quality work, job progress, fewer incidents and pride. A clean and orderly work environment can be achieved and maintainedthroughongoinghousekeepingeffortsundertakenby personnelatalllevels.Supervisorsshallinitiate and ensure all employees participate in housekeeping activities and good work habits, not only at the end of the work day, but throughout the evolution of the employees’ daily activities. A good housekeeping program continuouslyensures:

1. Attention to general cleanliness and storage helps to prevent numerous incidents.

2. Efforts are a part of each employee’s daily responsibilities.

3. Facilities, grounds, and equipment that are kept neat and orderly show pride by the Company for employees, customersandneighborstoenjoy.

MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITY

Managers, Supervisors and Safety Department alike, will be responsible for monitoring housekeeping. Safety inspection procedures (“Safety Inspections and Audits”) should include notice of any hazards and areas of noncompliance.

LAYOUT OF FACILITIES AND MOVEABLE EQUIPMENT

Overcrowding is an impediment to proper housekeeping and a deterrent to safety and health. Blocked or restricted aisles, stairwells and travel ways inhibit the safe movement of people, equipment and materials. Planningthelocation ofequipmentandstoragefacilitiesneedstotakeintoconsiderationtheflowofpersonnel,equipment,materials, firehazards, andthepreventionorobstructionof evacuation,fire- fightingorrescueactivities.

Materials need to be stored in a manner that facilitates access of material handling equipment and personnelhandling limitations. Lack of sufficient workspace and storage capacity leads to the potential for incidents and decreases efficiency. Storage of any materials and supplies needs to be planned with consideration given to the flowofpersonnel,equipment,materials,firehazards,andthepreventionofobstructionofevacuationfire-fighting or rescue activities.

CLEANLINESS

All employees are asked to continuously maintain their work areas in a neat and orderly way. Containers areprovided for the collection of waste, trash andother refusegenerated either in the garage oroffice areas. These containers willbeemptiedregularly.

Disposalsofhazardouswastessuchaspaints,thinnersorfuelsintoregulartrashcontainers,downthedrain,poured ontotheground,orintostormdrainsareprohibited.

All spills of small amounts of flammableliquids such as paints, thinners, and cleaners shall be cleaned up immediately and precautions shall be taken to prevent fire, explosion, and excessive exposure to

personnel. The Safety Data Sheet (SDS) should be reviewed to ensure that proper precautions are taken. In general, thecleanupofflammableliquidsshouldonlyproceedunderthefollowingconditions:

1. The area should be well ventilated.

2. Protective gloves and eyewear, as appropriate, should be worn to prevent direct skin contact and eye injury.

3. Absolutelynosmoking,openflame,oranypotentialsourceofignitionshallbeallowedinthe cleanup area.

DEPARTMENT AND AREA HOUSEKEEPING PROCEDURES

The following general rules apply to prevent injuries and maintain a professional appearance:

1. Allaisles,emergency exits,fireextinguishers,eyewashstations,etc.,willbekeptclear(a minimum of three feet in front of and to either side) of product storage, material storage, fork trucks and pallet jacksatalltimes.

2. Storage areas will be maintained orderly at all times. When supplies are received, the supplies will be stored properly.

3. Spills/leaks will be reported to the employee’s supervisor and cleaned up immediately with any wastes disposedofproperly.

4. Aisles and work areas should be clear of excessive debris/waste materials.

5. All waste receptacles should be lined with a plastic trash bag to avoid direct contact while handling.

6. All refuse and waste materials including trash, lunch papers, etc., will beplaced in the proper waste containersfordisposal.

7. Park in the designated areas.

8. Oily rags or other combustible debris shall be kept in covered metal containers.

GENERAL MATERIAL STORAGE PROCEDURES

1. Employees are expected to clean up after themselves and continuously maintain their work areas inaneat andorderlymanner.

2. All trash will be discarded only in the waste containers provided.

3. Flammable materials (fireworks, firearms, explosives, gasoline, etc.) may not be stored in lockers or brought onto company property.

4. Materials may not be stored any closer than 18 inches to walls or sprinkler heads.

5. A minimum of 3 feet side clearance will be maintained around doorways and emergency exits.

6. Emergency signs shall be free from obstructions and visible at all times

7. Passageways and aisles should be marked as appropriate and if possible a minimum of six feet in width maintained.

8. Materials, forklifts, pallet jacks, etc., may not be stored in aisles or passageways.

9. All platforms and racks should have maximum load capacity displayed and the weight of stored material willnotexceedtheloadcapacity.

10. Protruding nails, screws or other metal from lumber, packing crates or loose debris on the ground or floor must be immediately removed, bent over or guarded to prevent puncture, or picked up and disposed of properly.

11. Employeelunchrooms,changingandbathroomfacilitieswillbekeptinacleanandsanitarycondition.

12. All employee work areas, access ways, aisles, stairways, scaffolds, lofts, ladders, etc. shall be kept free of hoses,extensioncords,andotherobstructions whichmay causeatrippingorother incident hazard.

13. Storage Areas will be maintained orderly at all times.

14. When cleaning up, debris shall not be thrown or dropped from upper levels unless the area below isproperly barricaded,oradequatewarningsareprovided.Cleanupanddisposalofallrubbishandsoilresultingfrom theworkisthedailyresponsibilityofeachemployee.

FLAMMABLE STORAGE

1. All flammables will be stored in OSHA-approved flammable storage cabinets or stored outside (at least 50 feetfromanystructure).Cabinetswillalsobeproperlybondedandgroundedatalltimes with no exceptions.

2. Fuels, solvents and other flammables (not stored in original shipping containers) will be stored in OSHAapprovedself-closingcontainerswithflamearresters.

3. Flammables may not be stored in open containers.

4. Flammable storage areas will be kept dry and well ventilated.

COMPRESSED GAS SAFETY

1. Inspect bottles for defects and proper marking/labels.

2. Ensure stamped date on bottle has not expired.

3. Inspect valve assembly and adapter threads.

4. Inspect all fasteners, hoses and regulators prior to hook up.

5. Use in upright position only for approved purposes.

6. Check that regulators are rated the same pressure as the cylinder.

7. Keep cylinder valve and cap secured in place when not in use.

COMPRESSED GAS STORAGE

1. Cylindersshouldbestoreduprightandsecuredtoastationarystructureinashadedandwell- ventilated area.

2. Cylindersshouldnotbestoredwithin50feetofexposedelectricalcomponentsorcombustible materials.

3. Ensure that cylinders are protected from accidental rupture.

4. Ensure that reactive gases are not stored within 50 feet of each other.

5. Duringtransportation,cylinders mustbesecuredtoacartorcylindertrolleywithcapssecurely fastened.

SUMMARY

A nail in a scrapped piece of wood goes through a shoe and punctures a foot. A pile of trash catches fire. A cluttered walkway causes an employee to trip and fall. Poor housekeeping causes these incidents. Some poor housekeeping incidents don’t amount to very much, like a small cut, a scuffed elbow or bruised leg. Others can have disastrous results that may involve the loss of life or property. Housekeeping is a continuing process in which everyone must participate throughout the workday. Good housekeeping not only makes the job easier, but safer. It’s easier to workinacleanareathaninaclutteredjunkpile.Goodhousekeepingisuptoeachoneofus.

6.3 LADDER SAFETY

PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is intended to prescribe rules and establish minimum requirements for the construction, care, and use of ladders; to ensure employees receive proper training for climbing devices and that propermaintenanceandinspectionsareperformed.

PROCEDURE

This policy outlines procedures pertaining to ladder safety, maintenance and inspection to ensure the safety of ouremployees.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Uniform step spacing shall be employed which shall not be more than 12 inches. Steps shall be parallel and level whentheladderisinpositionforuse.

The minimum width between side rails at the top, inside to inside, shall be not less than 11½ inches. From top to bottom,thesiderailshallspreadatleast1inchforeachfootoflengthofstepladder.

Ametalspreaderorlockingdeviceofsufficientsizeandstrengthtosecurelyholdthefrontandback sectionsin anopenpositionshallbeacomponentofeachstepladder.Thespreadershallhaveallsharppointscoveredorremoved toprotecttheuser.ForType3ladders,thepailShelfandspreadermaybecombinedinoneunit(theso-calledShelf lockladder.)

PORTABLE WOOD LADDERS

All wood parts shall be free from sharp edges and splinters; sound and free in accepted visual inspection from shake, wane,compressionfailures,decay,orotherirregularities.Low-densitywoodshallnotbe used.

PORTABLE STEPLADDERS

Stepladders longer than 20 feet shall not be supplied. Stepladders herein specified shall be of three types:

HOUSEHOLD STEPLADDERS

Three (3) to six (6) feet for light duty, such as light household use.

SINGLE LADDER

Single ladders longer than 30 feet shall not be supplied.

TWO-SECTION LADDER

Two-sectionextensionladderslongerthan60feetshallnotbesupplied.Allladdersofthistypeshall consistof twosections,onetofitwithinthesiderailsoftheother,andarrangedinsuchamannerthat theuppersectioncan beraisedandlowered.

SECTIONAL LADDER

Assembled combinations of sectional ladders longer than lengths specified shall not be used.

TRESTLE AND EXTENSION TRESTLE LADDERS

Trestle ladders or extension sections or base sections of extension trestle ladders longer than 20 feet shall not be supplied.

PAINTER’S STEPLADDER

Painter’s stepladders longer than 12 feet shall not be supplied.

MASON’S LADDER

A mason’s ladder is a special type of single ladder intended for use in heavy construction work. Mason’s ladders longerthan40feetshallnotbesupplied.

CARE AND USE OF LADDERS

To ensure safety and serviceability, the following precautions on the care of ladders shall be observed:

1. Ladders shall be maintained in good condition at all times, the joints between the steps and side rails shall be tight, all hardware and fittings securely attached, and the moveable parts shall operate freely withoutbindingorundueplay.

2. Metal bearings of locks, wheels, pulleys, etc., shall be frequently lubricated.

3. Frayed or badly worn rope shall be replaced.

4. Safety feet and other auxiliary equipment shall be kept in good condition to ensure proper performance.

INSPECTIONS

Ladders will be inspected before each use and monthly. Ladders that are found to be unsafe shall be withdrawn fromserviceforrepairordestructionandtaggedormarkedas“Dangerous,DoNotUse”.

USE

The following safety precautions shall be observed in connection with the use of ladders:

1. Portable ladders shall be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is one quarter of the length of the ladder (the length along the ladder betweenthefootand thetopsupport).Theladdershallbeplacedastopreventslippingorshallbe held in position.

2. Ladders shall not be used in a horizontal position as platforms, runways, or scaffolds.

3. Ladders for which dimensions are specified should not be used by more than one person at a time, nor with ladders,jacksandscaffoldplanks.

4. Portableladdersshallbeplacedsothatthesiderailshaveasecurefooting.Thetoprestfor portablerung and cleat ladders shall be reasonably rigid and shall have ample strength to support the applied load.

5. Ladders shall not be placed in front of doors opening toward the ladder unless the door is blocked, locked or guarded.

6. Laddersshallnotbeplacedonboxes,barrelsorotherwiseunstablebasestoobtainadditional height.

7. Ladders with broken or missing steps, rungs or cleats, broken side rails or other faulty equipment shall not be used.

8. Short ladders shall not be spliced together to provide long sections.

9. Ladders shall not be used except for their intended use.

10. No ladder should be used to gain access to a roof unless the top of the ladder extends at least 3 feet above thepointofsupportateave,gutterorroofline.

11. Portable rung ladders shall be equipped with non-slip bases when there is a hazard of slipping.

PORTABLE FIBER GLASS LADDERS

Portable fiber glass ladders shall be designed as to produce a ladder without structural defects or hazards such as sharp edges, burrs, etc. The fiber glass selected shall be of sufficient strength and shall meet the testrequirements,andshall beprotectedagainstcorrosionunlessinherentlycorrosion-resistant.The spacingofrungsorstepsshallbeon12inch centers. Rungs and steps shall be corrugated, knurled, dimpled, coated with skid-resistant material, or otherwisetreatedtominimizethe possibilityofslipping.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRAIGHT AND EXTENSION LADDERS

The minimum width between side rails of a straight ladder or any section of an extension ladder shall be12 inches. The length of a single ladder or individual sections of ladders shall not exceed 30 feet. Two- section ladders shall notexceed48feetinlengthandovertwo-sectionladdersshallnotexceed60feetinlength.Basedonthenominallength of the ladder, each section of a multi-section ladder shall overlap the adjacent section by at least the number of feet stated in the following:

Extension ladders shall be equipped with positive stops which will insure the overlap specified in the table above.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEP LADDERS

The length of a stepladder is measured by the length of the front rail. To be classified as a standard length ladder, the measured length shall be within plus or minus one-half inch of the specified length. Stepladders shall not exceed20feetinlength.

The bottoms of the four rails are to be supplied with insulating non-slip material for the safety of the user. A metal spreaderorlockingdeviceofsufficientsizeandstrengthtosecurelyholdthefrontandback sections in the open positionshallbeacomponentofeachstepladder.Thespreadershallhaveallsharp pointsoredgescoveredorremoved toprotecttheuser.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRESTLES AND EXTENSION TRESTLE LADDERS

Trestle ladders or extension sections or base sections of extension trestle ladders shall not be more than 20 feet in length.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLATFORM LADDERS

The length of a platform ladder shall not exceed 20 feet. The length of a platform ladder shall be measured along the front rail from the floor to the platform.

CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF LADDERS

To get maximum serviceability, safety, and to eliminate unnecessary damage to equipment, good, safepracticesin theuseandcareofladderequipmentmustbeimplementedatyourfacility.

CARE OF LADDERS

Ladders shall be maintained in good usable condition at all times.

INSPECTIONS

If a ladder is involved in any of the following, immediate inspection is necessary:

1. If ladder tips over, inspect ladder side rails for dents, bends, or excessively dented rungs; checkhardware connections;checkrivetsforshear.

2. If ladder has been exposed to oil, grease or other slippery materials, it should be cleaned. Cleaning witha solventorstreamcleaningeasilydoesthis.

3. Laddershavingdefectsaretobetagged“Dangerous,DoNotUse”andtakenoutofserviceuntilrepaired.

4. Ladder inspections shall be conducted annually.

USE

A simple rule for setting up a ladder at the proper angle is to place the base at a distance from the vertical wallequalto one-fourth theworking length of the ladder. Portable ladders are designed as a one-man working ladder based on a 200 pound load. The ladder base section must be placed with a secure footing. Thetop of the ladder must be placed with two rails supported unless equipped with a single support attachment. When ascending or descending, the climbermustfacetheladder.Laddersmustnotbetiedorfastenedtogethertoprovidelongersections.Theymustbe equipped with the hardware necessary if the manufacturer endorses extended uses. Ladders should not be used as a brace, skid, guy or gin pole, gangway, or for other uses than that for which they were intended, unless specifically recommended foruse by the manufacturer.

FIXED LADDERS

DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

Thedesign of all ladders, appurtenance, and fastenings shall bedesigned to meet the following load requirements:

1. The minimum design live load shall be a single concentrated load of 200 pounds.

2. The number and position of additional concentrated live load units of 200 pounds each as determinedfromanticipated usageoftheladdershouldbeconsideredinthedesign.

3. The live load imposed by persons occupying the ladder shall be considered to be concentrated at suchpoints aswillcausethemaximumstressinthestructuralmemberbeingconsidered.

4. The weight of the ladder and attached appurtenances together with the live load shall be consideredinthedesignofrailsandfastenings.

DESIGN STRESSES

Design stresses for wood components of ladders shall not exceed those specified in 29 CFR 1910.27. All woodparts offixedladdersshallmeettherequirementsof29CFR1910.27.

Forfixedladdersconsistingofwoodsiderailsandwoodrungsorcleats,useatapitchintherangeof75degrees, and is intended for use by no more than one person, per section. Single ladders as described in 29 CFR 1910.25 are acceptable.

SPECIFICFEATURES-RUNGSANDCLEATS

All rungs shall have a minimum diameter of three-fourths inch for metal ladders, except as covered in this section and a minimum diameter of 11/8 inches for wood ladders. The distance between rungs, cleats and stepsshallnotexceed12 inchesandshall beuniformthroughoutthelengthoftheladder.Theminimumclear length of rungs or cleats shall be 16 inches. Rungs, cleats, and steps shall be free of splinters, sharp edges,burrs,orprojectionswhichmaybeahazard. Therungsofanindividualrungladdershallbeso designedsothatthefootcannotslideofftheend.

SIDE RAILS

Side rails, which might be used as a climbing aid, shall be of such cross sections as to afford adequate gripping surfacewithoutsharpedges,splinters,orburrs.

FASTENINGS

Fastenings shall be an integral part of fixed design.

SPLICES

Allsplicesmadebywhatevermeansshallmeetdesignrequirements.Allsplicesandconnectionsshallhavesmooth transitionwithoriginalmembersandwithnosharporextensiveprojections.

ELECTROLYTIC ACTION

Adequate means shall be employed to protect dissimilar metals from electrolytic action when such metals are joined.

WELDING

All welding shall be in accordance with the “Code for welders in building construction” (AWSD1.0-1996).

PROTECTION FROM DETERIORATION

Metal ladders and appurtenances shall be painted or otherwise treated to resist corrosion and rusting when locationdemands.

CLEARANCE CLIMBING SIDE

Onfixedladders,theperpendiculardistancefromthecenterlineoftherungstothenearestpermanentobjectonthe climbingsideoftheladdershallbe36inchesofpitchof90degrees.

LADDERS WITHOUT CAGES OR WELLS

A clear width of at least 15 inches shall be provided each way from the centerline of the ladder in the climbing space,exceptwhencagesorwellsarenecessary.

LADDERS WITH CAGES OR BASKETS

Ladders equipped with cage or basket is accepted in smooth-walled wells.

CLEARANCE IN BACK OF LADDER

The distance fromthe centerline of rungs, cleats, or steps to the nearestpermanent object in back of theladder shall notbelessthan7inches,exceptforwhenunavoidableobstructionsarecenter-lined,with minimumclearances.

CLEARANCE IN BACK OF GRAB BAR

The distance from the centerline of the grab bar to the nearest permanent object in back of the grab bars shall be not less than 4 inches. Grab bars shall not protrude on the climbing side beyond the rungs of the ladderwhichtheyserve.

STEP-ACROSS DISTANCE

The step-across distance from the nearest edge of ladder to the nearest edge of equipment or structure shall be not morethan12inches,orlessthan2½inches.

HATCH COVER

Counterweighted hatch covers shall open a minimum of 60 degrees from the horizontal. The distance from the centerline of rungs or cleats to the edge of the hatch opening on the climbing side shall not be less than 24 inches for offset wells, or 30 inches for straight wells. There shall not be protruding potential hazards within 24 inches of the centerline of rungs or cleats. Any such hazards within 30 inches of the centerline of the rungs or cleats shall beguarded.

SPECIALREQUIREMENTS-CAGESORWELLS

Cagesorwellsshallmeetspecifications outlined in29CFR1910.27.

LANDINGPLATFORMS

Landing platforms shall meet specifications outlined in 29 CFR 1910.27.

LADDER EXTENSIONS

Thesiderailsorsidestepladdersextensionsshallextend3½feetaboveparapetsandlandings.Forthrough ladder extensions, the rungs shall be omitted from the extension and shall have not less than 18 inches, nor more than 24 inchesclearancebetweenrails.Forsidesteporoffsetfixedladdersectionsatlandings,thesiderailsandrungsshall becarriedtothenextregularrungbeyondorabove3½feet minimum.

GRABBARS

Grab bars shall be spaced by a continuation of the rung spacing when they are located in the horizontal position. Vertical grab bars shall have the same spacing as the ladder side rails. Grab bar diameters shall be the equivalent of theroundrungdiameters.

LADDER SAFETY DEVICES

Laddersafetydevicesshallbeusedontower,watertank,andchimneyladdersover20feetinunbrokenlengthinlieu of cage protection. No landing platform is required in these cases. All ladder safety devices such as those that incorporate life belts, friction brakes, and sliding attachments shall meet the design requirements of the ladder whichtheyserve.

PREFERRED PITCH

The preferred pitch of fixed ladders shall be considered to come in the range of 75 degrees and 90 degrees with the horizontal.

SUBSTANDARD PITCH

Fixed ladders shall be considered as substandard if they are installed within the substandard pitch range of 60 and 75 degrees with the horizontal. Substandard fixed ladders are permitted only where it is found necessary to meet conditions of installation. This substandard pitch range shall be considered as a critical range to be avoided, if possible.

PITCH GREATER THAN 90 DEGREE

Ladders having a pitch in excess of 90 degrees with the horizontal are prohibited.

MAINTENANCE/INSPECTION

All ladders shall be maintained in a safe condition. All ladders shall be inspected at least annually, or more frequently, asdetermined by use.

TRAINING

All employees will receive training before using any equipment covered in this policy. Also, appropriate safety devicesaretobeusedwithanyequipmenttoensurethesafetyofemployees.Suchtrainingshallbe documented.

6.4 FALLPROTECTION

PURPOSE

The purpose of Southeast Building Supply Interests Fall Protection Program is to identify and evaluate fall hazards to whichemployeeswillbeexposedandtoprovidespecifictrainingasrequiredbytheOccupationalSafetyandHealth Administration (OSHA) Fall Protection Standard, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart M.

POLICY

Itisthecompany’spolicytoprotectitsemployeesfromoccupationalinjuriesbyimplementingand enforcing safeworkpracticesandappointingacompetentperson(s)tomanagetheFallProtection Program.TheSoutheast Building Supply Interests Fall Protection Program shall comply with the OSHA requirements. A copy of the OSHA Fall Protection Standard shall be made available to all employees, and may be obtained from management.

ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY

1. EMPLOYER It is the responsibility of Southeast Building Supply Interests to provide fall protection to affected employees,andtoensurethatallemployeesunderstandandadheretotheproceduresofthis plan and follow instructions.

2. PROGRAM MANAGER It is the responsibility of the Supervisor, to implement this program by:

a. Preforming routine safety checks of work operations;

b. Enforcing Southeast Building Supply Interests safety policy and procedures;

c. Correcting any unsafe practices or conditions immediately;

d. Training employees and supervisors in recognizing fall hazards and the use of personal fall protection system;

e. Maintainingrecordsofemployeetraining,equipmentissue,andfallprotectionsystemsusedat SoutheastBuilding SupplyInterestsjobsites;and

f. Investigating and documenting all incidents that result in employee injury.

3. EMPLOYEES It is the responsibility of all employees to:

a. Understand and follow the procedures outlined in this Fall Protection Program.

b. FollowtheinstructionsoftheSupervisor;

c. Bring management’s attention to any unsafe or hazardous conditions or practices that maycause injury toeitherthemselvesoranyotheremployees;and

d. Reportanyincidentthatcausesinjurytoanemployee,regardlessofthenatureoftheinjury.

FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM

PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEMS

Personal fall arrest systems shall be issued to and used by employees as determined by Southeast Building Supply Interests and may consist of anchorage, connectors, body harness, deceleration device,lifeline,orsuitablecombinations.Personalfallarrestsystemsshall:

a. Limit the maximum arresting force to 1800 pounds;

b. Be rigged so an employee cannot free fall more than six (6) feet or contact any lower level;

c. Bringanemployeetoacompletestopandlimitthemaximumdecelerationdistancetraveled tothreeandahalf(3)feet;

d. Bestrongenoughtowithstandtwicethepotentialimpactenergyofanemployeefreefalling six(6)feet(orthefreefalldistancepermittedbythesystem,whicheverisless);

e. Be inspected prior to each use for damage and deterioration; and

f. Be removed from service if any damaged components are detected.

COMPONENTS

All components of a fall arrest system shall meet the specifications of the OSHA Fall Protection Standard, andshallbeusedinaccordancewithmanufacturer’sinstructions.

a. The use of non-locking snaphooksis prohibited.

b. Dee-rings and locking snap hooks shall: have a minimum tensile strength of 5000 pounds; andbeproof-testedtoaminimumtensileloadof3600poundswithoutcracking, breaking,orsufferingpermanentdeformation.

c. Lifelines shall be: designed, installed and used under the supervision of the Supervisor; i. protected against cuts and abrasions;

ii. andequippedwithhorizontallifelineconnectiondevicescapableoflockingin both directionsonthelifelinewhenusedonsuspendedscaffoldsorsimilarworkplatforms thathavehorizontallifelinesthatmaybecomeverticallifelines.

d. Self-retracting lifelines (SRLs), lanyards, ropes and straps (webbing) made of synthetic fibers, and shall:

i. sustainaminimumtensileloadof3000poundsiftheyautomaticallylimitfreefall distance to two (2) feet; or

ii. sustain a minimum tensile load of 5000 pounds (includes rip stitch, tearing, and deforminglanyards)iftheydonotlimitfreefalldistancetotwo(2)feet.

e. Anchorages must support at least 5000 pounds per person attached and shall be used as followed:

i. designed, installed and used under the supervision of the Supervisor;

ii. thestructureonwhichworkersaretiedoffmustbecapableofsupporting5000 pounds per person;

iii. Anchor Lag Screws (3 total-Grade 5, 5/16 x 3 in. (7.9 x 76.2 mm) that come with the providedanchormustbeinplace;

iv. as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and

v. independent of any anchorage used to support or suspend platforms;

POSITIONING DEVICE SYSTEMS

Bodyharnesssystemsshallbesetupsothatanemployeecanfreefallnofartherthantwo(2)feet, and shall be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting twice the potential impact load or3,000pounds, whicheverisgreater.Requirementsforsnaphooks,dee-ringsandotherconnectorsshallbemadeof forged,pressedorformedsteel,ormadeofequivalentmaterials.

Connectors surfaces and edges shall also be corrosion resistant and the surfaces must be smooth to prevent damages to interfacing parts of the system. Connectors shall also meet requirementsstatedinthisProgram under Personal Fall Arrest Systems

SAFETY MONITORING SYSTEMS

Insituationswhennootherfallprotectionhasbeenimplemented,theSupervisorshallmonitorthesafety ofemployeesintheseworkareas.TheSupervisorshallbe:

a) Competentintherecognitionoffallhazards;

b) Capable of warning workers of fall hazard dangers;

c) Operating on the same walking/working surfaces as the employees and able to see them;

d) Close enough to work operations to communicate orally with employees; and

e) Freeofotherjobdutiesthat mightdistractfromthe monitoring function.

NoemployeesotherthanthoseengagedintheworkbeingperformedundertheSafety Monitoring System shall be allowed in the area. All employees under a Safety Monitoring Systemarerequiredto promptlycomplywiththefallhazardwarningsoftheSupervisor.

CONTROLLED ACCESS ZONES (CAZ)

Supervisors are the only authorized employees permitted to enter controlled access zones and areas from which guardrailshavebeenremoved.Allotherworkersareprohibitedfromenteringcontrolled accesszones.

Controlled access zones are intended to mark off the danger zone of items falling off the roof striking a person on the lower level. The CAZ shall be defined by control lines consisting of ropes, wires, tapes, or equivalentmaterial, withsupportingstanchions,andshallbe:

a) Flagged with a high-visibility material at six (6) feet out from leading edge.

b) Rigged and supported so that the line is between 39 and 50 inches (including sag) from the walking/working surface.

c) Extended along the entire length of an unprotected or leading edge.

d) Parallel to the unprotected or leading edge.

e) Erectedbetweensix(6)feetand25feetfromanunprotectededge,exceptinthefollowingcases:

a. Whenworkingwithprecastconcretemembers:betweensix(6)feetand60feet,orhalfthe lengthofthememberbeingerected,whicheverisless,fromtheleadingedge;or

b. Whenperformingoverhandbrickingandrelatedwork:betweenten(10)feetand15feet from the working edge.

TRAINING

All employees who may be exposed to fall hazards are required to receive training on how to recognize suchhazards, andhowtominimizetheirexposuretothem.Employeesshallreceivetrainingassoonafteremploymentas possible,andbeforetheyarerequiredtoworkinareaswherefallhazardsexist.

A record of employees who have received training and training dates shall be maintained by Life Saver Safety. Trainingofemployeesshallinclude:

1. Nature of fall hazards employees may be exposed to.

2. Correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling and inspecting fall protection systems.

3. Use and operation of controlled access zone and personal fall arrest system.

4. Correct procedures for equipment and materials handling, and storage and erection of overhead protection.

5. Role of each employee in alternative Fall Protection Plans (if used).

6. Requirements of the OSHA Fall Protection Standard, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart M.

7. Southeast Building Supply Interests requirements for reporting incidents that cause injury to an employee.

8. Additional training shall be provided on an annual basis, or as needed when changes are made to this Fall Protection Program, an alternative Fall Protection Plan, or the OSHA Fall Protection Standard.

ENFORCEMENT

Constant awareness of and respect for fall hazards, as well as compliance with all safety rules, are considered conditionsofemploymentwithSoutheastBuilding SupplyInterests. TheSupervisororcompany management, reservetherighttoissuedisciplinarywarningstoemployees,uptoandincludingtermination,forfailureto followtheguidelinesofthis Plan.

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS

Allincidentsthatresultininjurytoworkers,aswellasnearmisses,regardlessoftheirnature,shallbe reported and investigated. Investigations shall be conducted by Life Saver Safety as soon after an incident as possible to identify the cause and means of prevention to eliminate the risk of reoccurrence.

Intheeventofsuchanincident,theFallProtectionProgram(andalternativeFallProtectionPlans,ifinplace) shall be reevaluated Life Saver Safety to determine if additional practices, procedures or training arenecessarytoprevent similarfutureincidents.

CHANGES TO THE PLAN

AnychangestotheFallProtectionProgram(andalternativeFallProtectionPlans,ifinplace)shallbeapprovedby SoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsManagement,andshallbereviewedbyaqualifiedpersonasthejobprogresses todetermineadditionalpractices,proceduresortrainingneedsnecessarytopreventfallinjuries. Affected employees shall be notified of all procedure changes, and trained if necessary. A copy

ofthisplan,andanyadditionalalternativeFallProtectionPlans,shallbemaintainedatthejobsitebythe Supervisor.

GLOSSARY

Anchorage: a secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards, or deceleration devices.

Bodybelt:astrapwithmeansbothforsecuringitaboutthewaistandforattachingittoalanyard, lifeline,ordecelerationdevice.

Body harness: straps that may be secured about the person in a manner that distributes the fall- arrestforces overatleastthethighs,pelvis,waist,chest,andshoulderswithameansforattachingtheharnesstoother componentsofapersonalfallarrestsystem.

Connector: A device that is used to couple (connect) parts of a personal fall arrest system or positioning devicesystemtogether.

Controlled access zone: a work area designated and clearly marked in which certain types of work(suchas overhandbricklaying)maytakeplacewithouttheuseofconventionalfallprotectionsystems(guardrail, personalarrestorsafetynet)toprotecttheemployeesworkinginthe zone.

Deceleration device: any mechanism, such as rope, grab, rip stitch lanyard, specially-woven lanyard, tearingordeforminglanyards,andautomaticself-retractinglifelines/lanyards,whichservesto dissipateasubstantialamountofenergyduringafallarrest,orotherwiselimitstheenergyimposedon anemployeeduringfallarrest.

Deceleration distance: the additional vertical distance a falling person travels, excluding lifeline elongation and free fall distance, before stopping, from the point at which a deceleration devicebegins to operate.

Guardrail system: a barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels.

Lanyard: a flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap that generally has a connector at each end for connectingthebodybeltorbodyharnesstoadecelerationdevice,lifeline,oranchorage.

Leadingedge:theedgeofafloor,roof,orformworkforafloororotherwalking/workingsurface(such asadeck)whichchangeslocationasadditionalfloor,roof,decking,orformworksectionsareplaced, formed,orconstructed.

Lifeline: a component consisting of a flexible line for connection to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically(verticallifeline),orforconnectiontoanchoragesatbothendstostretch horizontally (horizontallifeline),thatservesasameansforconnectingothercomponentsofapersonalfallarrest systemtoananchorage.

Low slope roof: a roof having a slope less than or equal to 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

Opening: a gap or void 30 inches (76 centimeters) or more high and 18 inches (46 centimeters) ormore wide,inawallorpartition,throughwhichemployeescanfalltoalowerlevel.

Personal fall arrest system: a system including but not limited to an anchorage, connectors, and abody harnessusedtoarrestanemployeeinafallfromaworkinglevel.

Positioning device system: a body belt or body harness system rigged to allow an employee to be supportedonanelevatedverticalservices,suchasawall,andworkwithbothhandsfreewhileleaning backwards.

Rope grab: a deceleration device that travels on a lifeline and automatically, by friction, engages the lifelineandlockstoarrestafall.

Safety monitoring system: a safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizingand warningemployeesoffallhazards.

Self-retracting lifeline/lanyard (SRL): a deceleration device containing a drum-wound line which canbe slowly extractedfrom,orretractedonto,thedrumunder minimaltensionduringnormalemployee movementandwhich,afteronsetofafall,automatically locksthedrumandarrests the fall.

Snaphook: a connector consisting of a hook-shaped member with a normally closed keeper, or a similar arrangement, whichmay beopenedtopermitthehooktoreceiveanobjectand,when released automatically,closestoretaintheobject.

Steep roof: a roof having a slope greater than 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

Toeboard:alowprotectivebarrierthatpreventsmaterialandequipmentfromfallingtolowerlevelsand which protects personnel from falling.

Unprotected sides and edges: any side or edge (except at entrances to points of access) of a walking/workingsurface(e.g.,floor,roof,ramp,orrunway)wherethereisnowallorguardrailsystemat least39inches(1meter)high.

Walking/working surface: any surface, whether horizontal or vertical, on which an employee walksor works,includingbutnotlimitedtofloors,roofs,ramps,bridges,runways,formwork,andconcrete reinforcingsteel. Doesnotincludeladders,vehicles,ortrailersonwhichemployeesmustbelocated toperformtheirworkduties.

Warninglinesystem:abarriererectedonarooftowarnemployeesthattheyareapproachinganunprotected roof side or edge and which designates an area in which roofing work may take place without the use of guardrail, body belt,or safety netsystemstoprotect employees inthearea.

6.5 HEATILLNESS PREVENTIONPROGRAM PURPOSE

Employeeswhoworkoutdoorsorwhoworkinotherenvironmentswhereenvironmentalriskfactorsforheatillness are present are at risk for developing heat related illnesses if they do not protect themselves appropriately. The objective of this program is to reduce the potential for heat illnesses by making employees aware of heat illnesses,waystopreventillness,andactionstotakeifsymptomsoccur.

POLICY

It is the policy of Southeast Building Supply Interests to provide a safe, healthy and secure workplace for all employees by implementing an effective safety program. This Heat Illness Prevention Program applies to the control of risk of occurrence of heat illness and applies to all outdoor places of employment and other work environments when the environmental risk factors for heat illness are present. Any employee participatinginjobtaskswhen environmental risk factors for heat illness are present will comply with the procedures in this document and in the InjuryandIllnessPreventionProgram.

DEFINITIONS

Acclimatization: Temporary adaptation of the body to work in the heat that occurs gradually when a person is exposed to it. Acclimatization peaks in most people within four to fourteen days of regular work foratleasttwohours perdayintheheat.

Heat Illness: A serious medical condition resulting from the body's inability to cope with a particular heat load, and includes heat cramps, heat exhaustion, heat syncope and heat stroke.

Environmental risk factors for heat illness: Working conditions that create the possibility that heat illness could occur, including air temperature, relative humidity, radiant heat from the sun and other sources, conductive heat sources such as the ground, air movement, workload severity and duration, protective clothing and personal protective equipment worn by employees.

Personal risk factors for heat illness: Factors such as an individual's age, degree of acclimatization, health, water consumption, alcohol consumption, caffeine consumption, and use of prescription medications that affect the body's water retention or other physiological responses to heat.

Preventative recovery period: A period of time to recover from the heat in order to prevent heat illness.

Shade: Blockage of direct sunlight. Canopies, umbrellas and other temporary structures or devices may be used to provide shade. One indicator that blockage is sufficient is when objects do not cast a shadow in the area of blocked sunlight. Shade is not adequate when heat in the area of shade defeats the purpose of shade, which is to allow the body to cool. For example, a car sitting in the sun does not provide acceptable shade to a person inside it, unless the car is running with air conditioning.

RESPONSIBILITIES

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COORDINATOR:

• Aiding with developing a written program, which complies with the requirements of the OSHA regulations.

• Assistingwithprovidingtrainingtoolstoallpotentialemployeeswhomaybeimpactedandtheirsupervisors on the risks and prevention of heat illness, including how to recognize symptoms and respond when they appear.

SUPERVISORS:

• Identifyingallemployeeswhoarerequiredtoworkoutdoorsorinotherenvironmentswhere potentialheatillnesscouldoccurandidentifythesupervisoroftheemployee.

• Assuring that adequate water, shade, and necessary rest breaks are available when the environmentalriskfactorsforheatstressarepresent.

• Ensuring that all affected employees are trained on heat illness prevention.

• Ensuring that the requirements in this document are followed.

EMPLOYEES:

• Complying with the provisions of the Heat Illness Prevention Program, as described in this documentandinthetrainingsessionstheyattend.

• Ensuringthattheyhavetheappropriateamountofdrinkingwateravailableatalltimeswhenthe environmentalriskfactorsforheatillnessarepresent.

• Ensuring they have access to a shaded area to prevent or recover from heat related symptoms.

• Reporting heat related illness symptoms to the supervisor.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

IDENTIFICATION:

Allemployeesmustbeidentifiedwhoarerequiredtoworkwhereenvironmentalfactorsforheatillnessarepresent.

TRAINING:

Training is the most important component of the Southeast Building Supply Interests Heat Illness Prevention Program andshallbeprovidedtoallpotentiallyimpactedemployeesworkingwhereenvironmentalriskfactorsforheat illnesses arepresent.Supervisorswillalsobetrainedtorecognizethedangersofheatillnesses. Thetrainingrequirements are included but not limited to topics listed under the training section of this program.

ACCESS TO SHADE:

Shademust be present when the temperature exceeds 80 degrees Fahrenheit.One or more areas withshade shall be providedatalltimeswhileemployeesarepresent,andareeitheropentotheairorwithventilationorcooling.The amountofshadepresentshallbeatleastenoughtoaccommodateallthe employeesonrecoveryorrestperiods andthoseonsitetakingmealperiods,sothattheycansitina normal posture fully in the shade without having to be in physical contact with each other. The shaded area shall be located as close as practicable to the areas where employeesareworking.

Exception:Whereitcanbedemonstratedthatitisinfeasibleorunsafetohaveashadestructure,or otherwiseto have shade present on a continuous basis, alternative procedures for providing access to shade may be utilized, if thealternativeproceduresprovideequivalentprotection.

WATER CONSUMPTION AND AVAILABILITY:

Drinking Water must be “fresh, pure, suitably cool” and located as close as practicable to where employees areworking,withexceptionswhenitcanbedemonstratedinfeasible.Drinkingwaterinthe quantity of one quart per hour shall be available for each employee where it is not plumbed or continuously supplied. This requirement shall be met at the beginning of the shift and for the entire shift. The shift may begin with small quantitiesaslongasaneffectiveprocedureisinplaceforreplenishing waterduringtheshiftasneededsothatthe employeescanmeettheone-quartperhourrequirement.

RECOVERY PERIODS:

Employees taking a “preventative cool-down rest” must be monitored for symptoms of heat illness, encouragedtoremainintheshadeandnotorderedbacktoworkuntilsymptomsaregone.Employeeswhomay be sufferingfromaheatrelatedillnessorwhenapreventativerecoveryperiodisneededshallbeprovidedaccesstoan areawithshadethatiseitheropentotheairorprovidedwithventilationor cooling. Thiscoolingperiodshould be no less than 10 minutes. Employees with symptoms must be provided appropriate first aid or emergency response.Seedefinitionsforprovidingpropershade.

During high heat, equals or exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit, employees must be provided with a minimum 10-minute cool-downperiodeverytwohours.

HIGH-HEAT PROCEDURES:

High-Heat Procedures shall be implemented when the temperature equals or exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit. Theseproceduresshallincludethefollowingtotheextentpracticable:

• Ensure “effective” communication by voice, observation, and monitoring, including a mandatory buddy system and regular communication with employees working by themselves. An electronic device, such as a cellphonebeusedforthispurposeonlyifreceptionintheareaisreliable.

• During high heat, employees must be take a minimum 10-minute cool-down period every two hours worked.

• Observing employees for alertness and signs or symptoms of heat illness.

• Reminding employees throughout the work shift to drink plenty of water.

• Closesupervisionofanewemployeebyasupervisorordesigneeforthefirst14daysofthe employee's employment by the employer, unless the employee indicates at the time of hire that he or EHS has been doingsimilaroutdoorworkforatleast10ofthepast30daysfor4ormorehours per day.

WORKSITE ASSESSMENTS:

Initial assessments of all worksites shall be made by the Supervisor to minimize the effects of heat exposure and when deemed necessary due to changes of the work environment (ex. change in a work process, personal protective equipment requirement, etc.). Work locations include fixed and mobile worksites, emergency related activities, and special assignments. The following factors shall be assessed:

• Environmental conditions (average temperatures and relative humidity)

• Physical load imposed by job related tools and equipment

• Level and duration of work

• Restareas

• Personal adaptation (acclimatization)

• Availabilityofpotablewater

TRAINING

LEVELS OF TRAINING:

Trainingshallbeprovidedforemployeesworkingatlocationswhereenvironmentalriskfactorsforheatillnessare present,aswellastrainingfortheirrespectivesupervisors.

EMPLOYEES:

Before being assigned to a task were environmental factors are present for heat related illnesses, employees shallbetrainedinthefollowingareas:

• Environmental and personal risk factors for heat illness;

• Procedures for identifying, evaluating, and controlling exposures to the environmental and personal riskfactorsforheatillness;

• The importance of pre/post work hydration and frequent consumption of small quantities of water, upto4cupsperhourunderextremeconditionsofworkandheat;

• Importanceof acclimatization;

• Different types, signs, and symptoms of heat illness;

• Importance of immediately reporting symptoms or signs of heat illness in themselves or in coworkerstotheirsupervisor.

• Procedures for responding to symptoms of possible heat illness, including how emergency medical serviceswillbecontactedandprovided,shouldtheybecomenecessary.

SUPERVISORS OF AFFECTED EMPLOYEES:

Supervisors or their designee are required to provide training on the following topics:

• Information as detailed above in employee training requirements.

• Procedures the supervisor shall follow to implement the provisions of this program.

• Procedures the supervisor shallfollowwhen an employee exhibits symptoms consistent with possible heatillness,includingemergencyresponseprocedures.

RECORDS

All training, audit, and other records prepared in association with the Heat Illness Prevention Program shall be managed in accordance with the requirements of the Southeast Building Supply Interests Injury and Illness PreventionProgram.

6.6 SAFETYLOCKANDTAGOUT

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this lock and tag out procedure is to prevent injury and/or death to personnel by requiring that certain precautions be taken before servicing or repairing equipment. This includes shutting "off" and "lockingout"theelectricalpowersourceoftheequipment.

On pneumatic and hydraulic systems, the pressure must be released and lines either disconnected or double blocked (with bleed) or blinded, and locked out, if possible. In addition, a DANGER, "Do NotUse","DoNot Open" or "Do Not Operate" tag is to be placed at the power sources and valves of all equipment being serviced.

SCOPE

This procedure establishes minimum requirements for locking out and tagging switches, valves, circuit breakers, and other energy controlling devices when their operation could cause harm to a worker or damageequipment.

APPLICABILITY

This procedure is applicable on all Southeast Building Supply Interests projects.

DEFINITIONS

Accidentsinvolving electrical, mechanical,and/orpressurized equipment and systems have occurred in the construction industry due to incomplete planning of the work or task to be performed (failure to lock and tag out equipment and systems). Work performed on temporary electrical services and pressurized pipelines is as equally important from the standpoint of the use of the danger tag and lock proceduresaspermanentplantequipmentandsystems.

DANGER TAG-ELECTRICAL

Thetagisattachedtoaswitch,circuitbreaker,andotherelectricalcontrollingdevicestowarn others that the equipment and/or system has been isolated from its power source (de-energized) andthatemployeesare working on the equipment or system. The “Danger Tag” placed on equipment or system is not to be removedbyanyoneotherthanthepersonwhosesignatureis onthetag,andtheequipmentandsystemis nottobeoperatedwiththetagsinplace.

DANGER TAG-MECHANICAL

Thetagisattachedtovalvehandles,allapplicablecircuitbreakerswitches,andotheroperatingmechanisms to prevent manipulation or operation of mechanical equipment and pressurized systems when work is being performed on same. It shall also be used to secure valves between operational and non-operational sectionsofasystem.

CAUTION TAGS

May be used to inform personnel of special precautions or instructions relative to safe and proper operationof equipment.Thistagisnottobeusedtopreventequipmentandsystemsfrombeingoperated.

RESPONSIBILITY

1. The Supervisor is responsible for implementing this procedure.

2. The Manager is responsible for administering this procedure.

3. Supervisors are responsible for directing work activities in compliance with this procedure where the use of the danger tag and lockout device is required to eliminate injuries to personnel or damage to equipment/systems.

4. The Supervisor is responsible for informing all contractors of this procedure and requiring their complianceasacontractualsafetyrequirement.

PROCEDURES

GENERAL

Thisprocedurecoverssafetytaggingapplicabletoconstructionactivitiesinvolvingworkontemporary electrical services, facilities, shop equipment, pressurized pipelines, and systems used as service lines for construction.Thisprocedurealsocoversprocedurestobeusedduringstart-upphases.Theseprocedureswill have to be coordinated to meet the overall operations on each jobsite with the approval of construction management and the client.

ELECTRICAL WORK

Whenever electrical work is scheduled to be performed on electrical equipment or services, the power source (disconnects, circuit breakers, switches) controlling the electrical powered equipment or systemsshallbede-energized.AcompletedDangerTagshallbeattachedtothe controlling device by the personresponsibleforde-energizingthesystem.

Technicians required to work on the de-energized equipment or systems shall ascertain that theSupervisor and/or theirsupervisor'scompleted DangerTagisattached tothecontrollingdeviceordevicesbeforethey commencework.

In those instances where the controlling devices permit, a lock and tag shall be placed on the device by each employee to ensure that the controlling device is not inadvertently energized while the work is being done.

The de-energized equipment or system shall be tested by using a voltmeter on the downstream side of the tagged-out controlling device If the equipment is wired directly to a power panel box and is energized by turningonthepush-buttonorbutterflyswitchontheequipment,thepowerpanelboxonthedownstream side must be tested by using a voltmeter

LockoutofElectricallyPoweredShopEquipment -toprovidemaximumemployeesafety,apower disconnect switch shall be installed between the main power supply panel and each piece of electrically-driven equipment which is directly connected to the power panel box. (This does notapply to equipment which is equipped with a plug connection, including welding equipment.) This disconnect switch should belocated in closeproximitytotheequipmentandpropertyidentified.Push-buttonsorbutterflycontrolsofequipment shouldnotbelockedout.Ashortcircuitcan occur between a locked out push-button and relay resulting in rendering the equipment energized with full power. Some equipment is wired with dual controls and the locking out of one push-button would not render that equipment as being inoperable. After tag and lockout, try the "start" button to be certain the disconnection is complete.

Whenever maintenance of shop equipment is required, such as changing the blade of a radial arm saw, the craft operator shall ascertain that the controlling device (power disconnect) has been tagged and locked outbeforethemaintenanceworkcommences.

MECHANICAL WORK

Whenever work is scheduled to be performed on mechanical equipment or pressurized systems, the controlling devices, such as circuit breakers, switches, valve handles, andother operating mechanisms, will be locked and tagged out toprevent the manipulation or operation of such equipment or systems. Thosecraftworkersrequiredtoworkonequipmentorapressurized systemshallascertain theSupervisor and their supervisor's completed Danger Tag is attached to the controlling device or devices before they commence work. In instances where the controlling devices permit, a lock shall be placed on the device by each employee to ensure that the controlling device is not inadvertently energized.

Thede-energizedequipmentorsystemmustbecheckedoutortestedtoascertainthatthe equipment is inoperable or the pressurized system has been drained of its contents on the downstream side. Pressurizedsystemsmustthenbeflushedoutwithwaterifliquidsareinvolved, orwithinertairifcompressed gasesareinvolvedtopreventharmfulexposure.

Appropriate air tests shall be conducted whenever pressurized systems have previously contained hazardous gases or liquids, especially should welding and burning operations be involved when the system has been shut down. When valving of a pressurized system, blanks are preferred with an open drain cock between valves.

UNAUTHORIZED USE OF DANGER TAG

Thestandard Southeast Building SupplyInterests Danger Tagshallbeusedonlyfor thepurposeof identifying ade-energizedpieceofequipmentorsystem.Itisnottobeusedasasubstituteforadefectivetagor a caution tag.

The unauthorized operation of a controlling device of a de-energized system or piece of equipment which has been tagged-out with a Danger Tag shall be grounds for immediate termination of the involved employee(s).

USE OF DANGER TAGS

Danger tags are not to be considered as a positive means of securing equipment, but are to be used in conjunction with locks. Tags will be used only to identify that work is being done on a valve, switch, or piece of equipment when injury or property damage could result from the operation. No work is to be done on any operable equipment until the operation of it is prevented bytheuseofthisprocedure.

Danger tags should be used as outlined below:

1. Only the standard construction DANGER tags will be used. These may also include either thewords "DONOTUSE"or"DONOTOPEN"dependingontheoperationsathand.

2. All tags are to be securely attached, dated, and signed by the person performing the work.

3. Tags should be destroyed immediately on removal except those that are designed to be re-used. However,noalterationsarepermitted.

4. No piece of equipment or device should be operated when there is a tag or lock attached, regardless ofcircumstances.

5. Nopersonshouldeverremoveaworker'stagorlock.Onlytheworkerwhoplacedthe lockand tagontheequipmentshouldremoveit.

6. It is the responsibility of the Supervisor or supervisor/foreman to see that no work is performedbeyondtheprotectionoflocksandtagswhichhavebeeninstalled.

7. Workers may place "multi-lock" devices on the equipment if other employees or trades are involved. Allpersons working onthe equipment musthavetheirownlockand tag inplace.

GENERAL LOCK OUT/TAG OUT SEQUENCE

1. Preparation for shutdown. Before an authorized or affected employee turns off a machine or equipment, the authorized employee shall have knowledge of the type and magnitude oftheenergy, thehazardsoftheenergytobecontrolled,andthemethodormeansto control the energy.

2. Machine or equipment shutdown. The machine or equipment shall be turned off or shut down using the procedures established for the machine or equipment. An orderly shutdown must be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazard(s) to employees as aresultoftheequipment stoppage.

3. The worker places the tag on all controls to warn others that the equipment is not to be operated on.Theworkerwritesthereasononthetag(s),identifiestheequipment,anddatesandsignseach tag.

4. The worker will pull power switches and/or circuit breakers and place a lockout clip(s) and alock(s) onthecontrolstomaketheminoperative.Otherpowersourcessuchasair, steam,or hydraulic may requireblinding,disconnection,orvalvelocking.

5. After the worker has tagged and locked the equipment, the equipment should then be tried to assure that it will not operate.

6. AllSoutheast Building Supply Interestslocksandtagsshouldbeinstalledfirstandremoved last, if possible.

7. When other crafts are required to work on the same equipment, they must place their personal locksandtagsoneachpieceofequipment.

8. All crafts must "try" equipment after installing their personal locks to assure, once again that it will not start.

9. Locks and tags must remain on controls until work has been completed and it is safe to start the equipment. If maintenance or electrical work is to continue into the next shift, persons going off shift shall remove their "personal" lock and leave their tag on the equipment. Persons comingonshiftmustinstalltheirownpersonallock(s)andtag(s)if they will be working on the equipment.

10. Upon completion of work, all other crafts will remove their locks and tags first. Southeast Building Supply Interests locks and tags are to be removed last after it is determined that the equipment is safe to operate.

11. No equipmentshouldbestartedbyanyone(includingbumpingtocheckrotation)without permission fromtheSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestsSupervisororsupervisor/foremanresponsiblefor the equipment.

TESTING OR POSITIONING OF MACHINES, EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENTS

In situations in which lockout or tag-out devices must be temporarily removed fromthe energy isolating device and the machine or equipment energized to test or position the machine, equipment or componentthereof,thefollowingsequenceofactionsshallbefollowed:

1. Clear the machine or equipment of tools and materials in accordance with paragraph (e)(1) of this section.

2. Remove employees from the machine or equipment area.

3. Remove the lockout or tag-out devices.

4. Energize and proceed with testing or positioning.

5. De-energize all systems and reapply energy control measures to continue the servicingand/or maintenance.

SHOP EQUIPMENT

1. Thequalifiedoperatorof shopequipment may lockouthisequipmenttochangetools,chucks, blades,andperformsimilartasks.

2. Apowerdisconnectswitchmustbeprovidedforthispurposeatorneartheequipment unless theequipmentcanbeunplugged.

3. Push-button or butterfly controls may not be used for purposes of lockout.

4. A lock with a tag may be used for this purpose.

5. Theabovedoesnotapplytoanymaintenanceorrepairworkthatisdonebyotherthan the authorized operator.

LOCKS

1. Onlyindividualkeyedlockswillbeused.Thekeywillremaininthepossessionofthe person placingthelocks.

2. A master series of locks to be used specifically for lockout may be provided to each departmentthatrequiresthem.Masterkeysforthedepartmentwillremaininthe possession oftheManager.

WARNING

Any person who operates a switch or deviceto which "DANGER"tags are attached or removes a tagwithout authorizationwillbesubjecttodismissal.

EMPLOYEE TRAINING

All employees who are responsible for following this procedure must receive training in the procedure. This includes all employees who perform the following duties: maintenance, repair, or construction personnel, janitorial or clean-up personnel.

Followinginitialtraininginlockout/tagoutprincipals,eachemployeewillreceiveanannual followuptrainingsession.Eachtrainingsessionshallinclude,atminimum,thefollowing:

1. Lecture regarding this procedure including its purpose, scope, and application;

2. Visual support materials including, but not limited to, video or film presentation of "LockoutSafetyProcedures";and

3. Writtenquiztoestablishtheproficiencyofthestudent.

ENFORCEMENT/INSPECTION

Duetotheseverityofinjurythatcouldoccurwhilenotfollowingtheseprocedures,thecompanywillstrictly enforcethisPolicy.Theprimaryresponsibilitylieswitheachsupervisorformonitoringperformanceoftheir workers. Those employees found to be in violation of this procedure will be subject to the "Disciplinary Policy".

Inspectionsofthelockout/tagoutproceduresshallbeconductedatleastannuallytoensure compliance withtheapprovedplantprocedures.Inspectionsshallbeconductedby authorized

employeesotherthanthoseperformingthelockoutunderinspection,suchasthesafety administrator or a first line supervisor. All surveys of worker performance shall be documented on the company’s “Lockout/Tag outInspection Form”. Theinspection mustincludethefollowinginformation:

1. A check and observation of the procedures used during at least one actual lockout.

2. Questioning of the employees involved in the lockout to assess their knowledge of their responsibilities; and

3. A review of a representative number of lockout permits to assess accuracy and thoroughness,andtoassuretheuseofpermitsandlockoutprocedureswhenthey arerequired.

Any deficiencies found during the inspection shall be corrected through retraining, revision of procedures,equipmentor materialschanges,oranyother appropriatecorrectiveaction.

The inspections shall be documented, and the documentation shall include:

1. Date of inspection.

2. Name of inspector.

3. Equipment on which the lockout was observed.

4. Employees who were included in the inspection.

5. Numberofpermitsthat werereviewed and thetime span thatthey covered.

6. Deficiencies found, if any, and corrective actions taken.

INSPECTION RECORDS

The Manager will maintain inspection records in accordance with this document.

The Manager will complete and maintain all LOCKOUT/TAG OUT INSPECTION FORMS.

SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES

It is the responsibility of all supervisor/foremen of employees performing such operations to:

1. Instructtheiremployeesastothecontentofthisprocedure.

2. Periodically follow-up to assure compliance with this procedure.

REFERENCES

1. OSHA 29 CFR 1926.417 - Lockout and Tagging of Circuits

2. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 - The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/ Tag out)

Inspection Date:

LOCKOUT/TAG OUT INSPECTION FORM

Inspector: Printed Name

Employee(s) Inspected: Printed Name

Printed Name

Printed Name

Printed Name

Machine/equipment on which the energy control procedure was being utilized:

Lockout/Tag out Checklist

ITEM

Does employee have or have access to adequate lockout/tag out devices?

Hasemployeetestedtheeffectivenessofhis/herlockout/tagoutdevices?

Has employee received CPR and lockout/tag out training in the last year?

Ifthisisanoutsidecontractor,hasasupervisorinformedhim/herofthe necessityfor adhering to theseprocedures?

Were tag out’s legible and clearly displayed?

Have all procedures been followed?

Comments/Observations:

YES NO YES NO YES NO

YES NO

YES NO

YES NO

CHAPTER 6.6

6.7 ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROGRAM

PURPOSE

ThepurposeofthisprogramistoprotectbothSoutheast Building SupplyInterestsemployeesand contractorsfromexposuretoelectricalhazards. Thefocusofthisprogramistheselectionofelectrical workers,requiredtrainingandthesafeworkpracticesrequiredtopreventexposuretoelectricalhazards. Thisprogramdoesnotcoverdesign.

If at any time a specific task is not identified within this program or NFPA 70E, you are to use your Stop Work Authority and contact your immediate supervisor for further direction.

APPLIES TO

ThisprogramappliestoallSoutheastBuilding SupplyInterestsemployeesandcontractorsinvolvedin theoperation,serviceor maintenance,repair,installationandinspectionofelectricalequipment whose nominal voltage is greater than 50 volts; or who also may reasonably be expected to face ariskofinjury duetoelectricalshockorarcflashhazard.

This program should be used as an adjunct to Southeast Building Supply Interests Energy Control Program and Pre-JobWorkPlanPrograms.

DEFINITIONS

Thefollowingdefinitionsapplytothisprogram.

Arc-FlashHazard Analysis

Arc Thermal PerformanceValue (ATPV)

ElectricalEquipment Labeling

A study investigating a worker’s potential exposure to arc-flash energy, conducted for the purpose of injury prevention and determination of safe work practices and appropriate levels of electrical PPE.

The ATPV value signifies the amount of incident energy that would cause the onset of seconddegree burns. It also signifies the amount of protection clothing affords when an electrical arc comes in contact with the fabric. Units of measure are calories per centimeter squared (cal/cm2).

Electrical equipment (cabinets, panels, components, etc.) shall meet the following minimum labeling requirements (also see Appendix A):

• Equipment shall be labeled with the highest voltage to which a worker can be exposed.

• Each means of disconnecting service shall plainly indicate whether it is in the open or closed position.

• Each motor controller shall be legibly marked to indicate the motor it controls. Each motor shall have corresponding marking unless located and arranged so that the control point is evident.

• All labeling shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved.

ElectricallySafe Work Condition

An Electrically Safe Work Condition is a state in which the equipment, conductor, or circuit is:

• Disconnected fromenergized parts

• Lockedandtagged in accordance with the Southeast Building Supply Interests Energy Control Program. If tag-out is the only level of protection for energy control, then at least one additional safety measure shall be employed, (examples include disconnecting service conductors from switch or circuit breaker; installing safety grounds; creating a visual air gap in the circuit such as the disconnect of knife blades)

• Tested to ensure the absence of voltage (testing shall be done by a QEW using a ThreePoint Method)

• Effectively grounded, if necessary to prevent the buildup of voltage

EnergyControl Procedure

ExposedElectrical Parts

A written equipment-specific or equipment-type specific, step-by-step document used to isolate that piece of equipment or specific process. The document shall include steps pertaining to energy sources, location, shutdown method, lockout method, neutralizing method, energy control verification, hazards, and start-up sequence. At the completion of work, all permanent barriers, guards and covers will be reinstalled.

Energized electrical equipment or parts capable of being inadvertently touched or approached. This term is applied to parts not suitably guarded, insulated or isolated, including bare conductors, fuses, and switching gears exposed without a physical barrier such as a panel cover.

Definitions, Continued

FlashProtection

Boundary

Limited Approach

Boundary–Exposed

Fixed Circuit Part

This boundary defines the distance from live Exposed Electrical Parts within which a person could receive a second-degree burn if an electrical arc flash were to occur. Unless otherwise specified in accordance with NFPA 70E-2012 130.5(A), the Flash Protection Boundary for Southeast Building Supply Interests customer’s equipment less than or equal to 600 Volts is 4 ft., and for voltages greater than 600 Volts is a minimum of 20 feet or as calculated by Southeast Building Supply Interests Customer’s Electrical Engineer. If the boundary is to be crossed, the appropriate flash protection equipment shall be used, consistent with Appendix D.

An approach limit at a distance from an exposed fixed live part where a shock hazard exists. A minimum of ten (10) feet clearance for 50 volts up to 145kV. , For voltages greater than 145kV refer to Alternating-Current Systems NFPA 70E-2012 Table 130.4(C)(a) See Appendix E. For Direct-Current Voltage Systems, refer to NFPA 70E 2012 Table 130.4(C)(b).. Only Qualified Electrical Worker (QEW) personnel are allowed inside this area if there are exposed fixed conductors Qualified personnel shall wear appropriate electrical PPE for the work task or as specified by an Electrical Engineer. Only qualified persons may complete tasks such as testing, troubleshooting, and voltage measuring within the limited approach boundaries.

Limited Approach

Boundary–Exposed

Movable Conductor

LiveElectrical Equipment

Pre-JobWork Plan

An approach limit at a distance from an exposed movable conductor within which a shock hazard exists A minimum of ten (10) feet clearance for voltages less than 72.5 kV. A Limited Approach Boundary exceeding ten (10) feet shall be required for voltages greater than 72.5 kV as specified in accordance with Alternating-Current Systems NFPA 70E- 2012 Table 130.4(C)(a) See Appendix E. For Direct-Current Voltage Systems, refer to NFPA 70E 2012 Table 130.4(C)(b).. Only Qualified Electrical Worker (QEW) personnel are allowed inside this area if there are exposed movable conductors

Qualified personnel shall wear appropriate electrical PPE for the work task or as specified by an Electrical Engineer. Only qualified persons may complete tasks such as testing, troubleshooting, and voltage measuring within the limited approach boundaries.

Note: A movable conductor is any equipment that can be moved and make contact with exposed energized parts (i.e. cranes, metal ladders, etc.)

A condition where equipment is still energized and connected to a source of power.

A method to identify and communicate the potential hazards and critical behaviors of a job or operation by breaking the job into a sequence of job tasks, identifying the hazards and critical behaviors of each task, and specifying the methods for controlling or eliminating hazards.

ProhibitedApproach Boundary

The Prohibited Approach Boundary is a minimum of one (1) inch clearance when working with less than or equal to 600 volts or a minimum of ten (10) inches when working with greater than 600 volts. A Prohibited Approach Boundary exceeding ten inches may be required for highvoltage equipment greater than 15,000 volts as specified in accordance with Alternating-Current Systems NFPA 70E-2012 Table 130.4(C)(a). No unqualified personnel are allowed inside of this boundary. Qualified personnel shall use V-rated gloves, tools, and instruments, as well as appropriate PPE, if certain tasks are performed within this boundary (see Appendix E). For DirectCurrent Voltage Systems, refer to NFPA 70E 2012 Table 130.4(C)(b).. Live work where any part of the body is within the Prohibited Approach Boundary is subject to restrictions and can only be done with the written approval of the QES.

Definitions,

Continued

RestrictedApproach Boundary

Three-Point Method

An approach limit at a distance from an Exposed Electrical Part within which there is an increased risk of shock, due to electrical arc-over combined with inadvertent movement. The Restricted Approach Boundary shall be as specified in accordance with AlternatingCurrent Systems NFPA 70E-2012 Table 130.4(C)(a). No unqualified personnel are allowed inside of this boundary. Qualified personnel shall use V-rated gloves, tools, and instruments, as well as appropriate PPE, if certain tasks are performed within this boundary (see Appendix E). For Direct-Current Voltage Systems, refer to NFPA 70E 2012 Table 130.4(C)(b).. Live work where any part of the body is within the Restricted Approach Boundary is subject to restrictions and can only be done with the written approval of the Qualified Electrical Supervisor. Utilize appropriate delineation and barriers to restrict access to unqualified personnel while work is being performed within the Restricted Approach Boundary.

A procedure for testing for 50 volts or greater where a Qualified Electrical Worker:

• Verifies operation of test instrument on known voltage test source of equivalent potentials (pre-test).

• Checks equipment to be worked on for the absence of voltage (test).

• Verifies operation of test instrument on known voltage test source of equivalent potentials (post-test). All metering equipment, meter leads, test probes, PPE and associated apparatus shall be rated for applied voltage usage.

V-Rated Equipment/Tools

V-Rated Gloves

V-Rated Instruments

Voltage

Equipment or tools that meet the design standard of ASTM as specified in NFPA 70E Table 130.7(F) and are rated and tested for the maximum line-to-line voltage as specified in accordance with NFPA 70E-2012 Table 130.7(C)(7)(c). Equipment shall be marked with the date tested and/or date test is due.

Gloves that meet the design standard of ASTM D 120 and are rated and tested for the maximum line-to-line voltage as specified in accordance with NFPA 70E- 2012 Table 130.7(C)(7)(c) Equipment shall be marked with the date tested &/or date test is due.

Instruments rated and tested for the maximum line-to-line voltage as specified in accordance with NFPA 70E-2012 Article 110.4(A). In addition, test instruments, equipment, and their accessories shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ISA- 61010-1Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use - Part 1 General Requirements, for rating and design requirements for voltage measurement and test instruments intended for use on electrical systems 1000 Volts and below.

In this program, unless otherwise noted, the greatest root mean square difference in potential between any two conductors in the circuit of concern or enclosure.

TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

TRAINING FOR SUPERVISORS AND WORKERS

Specific training and qualification requirements are mandatory for all supervisors and workers. The requirements are divided into two levels:

• Low-voltage equipment: 50 to 600 volts (≥ 50 volts up to 600 volts)

• High voltage equipment: exceeding 600 volts (> 600 v)

AllpersonnelthatdonothavethetrainingandqualificationtomeettherequirementsofaQualified Electrical Worker or Supervisor are considered unqualified electrical workers. Unqualified electrical workers shall not perform any task listed in Appendix D Unqualified electrical workers require a general awareness of the hazardsof electricity and electrical work. Basic electrical training should include:

• Understanding basic electrical hazards (e.g., effects on a human body), including arc-flash and contact hazards

• Understanding basic electrical properties, measurement, and labeling standards

• Use and maintenance of portable electrical equipment

• Recognition of Exposed Electrical Parts and understanding the Limited Approach and Prohibited ApproachBoundaries

• Understanding requirements for operating mobile equipment in proximity to power lines

• Understanding the PPE and protection strategies (energy control and protective barriers) required forQualifiedElectricalWorkers

Note: Retraining shall be conducted every three years or when an employee is found not complying with safety related work practices or when work place changes necessitate the use of safety-related work practices that are different from those that the employee would normally use.

QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL WORKER-LOW VOLTAGE (QEW-LV)

A California State Certified Journeyman Electrician or an Electrical Trainee (Apprentice) with 2000 Southeast Building Supply Interests hours or more working under the direct supervision of a California State Certified Journeyman Electrician to work on or near Exposed Electrical Parts with voltage less than or equal to 600 volts. A QEW-LV shall not perform any task at the QEW-HV level. Training for the QEW-LV will include:

• Providinginsulatingequipmentdesignedforthevoltagelevelstobeencounteredandemployees shallbeinstructedtousetheequipment.

• Basic electrical training as described above:

• Concepts of contact and arc-flash hazards and protection boundaries

• Requirements of Southeast Building Supply Interests Electrical Safety, Energy Control and Pre-Job WorkPlanningprograms

• Electrical safe work practices, including:

► selection, use, inspection, and calibration of test instruments;

► selection, use and inspection of electrical safety PPE, electrical tools and gloves;

► methods of rescue, release, first aid/CPR, and AED

QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL SUPERVISOR-LOW VOLTAGE (QES-LV)

A California State Certified Journeyman Electrician who approves low voltage Live Electrical Work (see section5.0)andaSoutheastBuildingSupplyInterestscompliancewiththeprovisionsofthisprogram.The QES-LV shall meet the same training and qualification requirements as a QEW-LV.

CHAPTER 6.7

PPE CATEGORIES